She Means Fitness Business (marketing)

“I wasn’t marketed to anymore.” 

My guest today points out a glaring still-existing dilemma in our fitness industry. Even in this age where menopause and longevity being buzzwords of the year, images and marketing terms are centered around young, youthfulness, and anti-aging. Images of young, fit individuals in bra tops still prevail.

If you want to reach over 50 clients, you have to know what to say and what not to say. Jay Croft creates original content for trainers, gyms and studios. Everywhere you write, speak, or create video, you are a copywriter. I rounded up a professional writer to help you with content to reach over 50 clients.

Be sure you stay til the end for some help on how you can use AI to generate content to reach over 50 clients better, faster and create a relationship. 

My Guest:

Jay Croft created Prime Fit Content to help gym owners reach more people over 50 after 30 years in mass media and corporate communications. A veteran writer, editor, and content creator, Jay creates premium, original material best used in email newsletters, social media, and blogs. He also consults with businesses about this vast, underserved segment and how best to communicate with them effectively.


Questions We Answer in This Episode:

What is your background and how & why you got into this? 

What are some of the challenges trainers online or off  have in communicating with the over-50 market?

What are a few key pieces of advice in improving your game on this?

Why isn't the fitness industry doing more to help people over 50?

What role can content and communications play?

What works and what doesn't?

Connect with Jay:

https://primefitcontent.com

 

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/jaycroft

Threads: https://twitter.com/JayCroft

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/primefitcontent/

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/croftjay/

 

Other Episodes You Might Like:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/podcasts

 

Resources:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 



Direct download: FMM_-_Jay_Croft_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Developing relationships with medical professionals was going to be easy once Exercise is Medicine™ was announced! Trainers and gyms thought it was going to be great. Imagine it raining clients told by their physicians to exercise and start working with a trainer. 

No one came. 

"Exercise is Medicine was established in 2007 by the American College of Sports Medicine to inform and educate physicians and other health care providers about exercise as well as bridge the widening gap between health care and health fitness."(https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7444006)

It's Up To YOU. 

You want an endorsement from a physician. They want to know their patients get a safe referral and their credibility is supported.

  • Make it clear what’s in it for them. 
  • Make it easy for them. 
  • Make the relationship with you public by inviting them to over. 
  • Host events and invite them(let them see you in action)

  • Host events and feature them(live or your podcasts or virtual video show)

  • Offer to do a lunch & learn for their office (if local or possibly virtually)

  • Contact them with a professional letter/email

  • Follow up - emails and letters get lost

  • Call the office 

  • Follow up - messages get lost 

  • Offer to train them

Mistakes when Trying to Develop Relationships with Medical Professionals 

  • No follow up

  • Confidentiality breach

  • Lack of specific CTA 

  • Lack of specific way they win 

  • Are you a specialist? In what? Does that serve a lot of their patients? 

Because very few are doing this well right now, you have a huge opportunity. You have nothing to lose and everything to gain. I’ve witnessed physicians actually become part-time fitness instructors. Chiropractors and physical therapists were gymnasts and fitness instructors before they were practicing. Learn more about physicians. Try taking an interest in them and begin creating a relationship the same way you’d create a friendship. The more you’re interested in them and how you can help them the more likely you are to get attention. 

Other Episodes You Might Like:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/podcast

Resources:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/wwwexercise

 

 

Direct download: FMM_-_April_-__Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Although the year is not quite complete and it’s true that sometimes the end of the year podcasts get the short sheet, I love compiling this episode for many reasons. First, it’s like conducting a poll on where you want and need the most help in your business…without conducting a poll. 

Second, it’s a real eye opener to see whether hosting guesst or doing solo content where I’m sharing behind the scenes of building a business resonate most. This year, it’s been the business how-to sessions that mattered most to you. 

A few stand-outs though that made it into this list of 10 top podcast of 2023 list: 

You like hearing about other midlife women who are having success & overcoming obstacles 

Doing it alone can be lonely and you like hearing how to get out of your own head and way.

We’ve definitely found a collective and collaborative group of entrepreneurs in the WELLPROS group https://www.flippingfifty.com/WELLPROS. Details in show notes if you don’t have someone to run offers, packages, pricing by and you need to know how to quickly gain customers and gather momentum.

In Letterman style countdown here it is. All the episode links will be included in the show notes so you can catch up on any you missed. If you have just one colleague or friend who would benefit from listening, thank you for sharing, 

#10 Top Podcast of 2023 

5 Inspired Reasons to Be a Menopause Fitness Specialist

An episode full of a combination of both statistics and intangible reasons why there is still room for you to dig in and establish yourself as an expert among midlife women. There is a dramatic difference between an influencer and an expert. You get to decide which you are and why that’s the one you want. 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/be-a-menopause-fitness-specialist/

12/02/23 

#9 5 New Clients in 7 Days: Here’s How She Did It

One of our WELLPROS grabbed opportunity before she felt ready and just jumped in. She found a way to make it happen sooner than she anticipated and enrolled clients while they were hands up telling her yes. In this episode we shared how it went. 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/5-new-clients-in-7-days/

3/11/23 

#8 3 Questions Away from Better Productivity

When you’re spinning your wheels every day and you don’t know if what you’re doing is really helping your progress, or know absolutely it’s not, this episode will help. We all get to the point when we have a full day, everything and everyone is pulling on us and yet we get nothing done. Those days have to be minimized and eventually you’ll prevent them from ever happening again. Three questions you can use today will help. 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/better-productivity/

11/11/23 

#7 Helping Clients Combine Intermittent Fasting and Exercise 

Your clients are trying it, and they’re trying to avoid muscle and bone loss. Or possibly they don’t realize that they could lose muscle if they don’t fast correctly. This episode will help you be aware yourself or increase client’s awareness of the dual goals they can juggle if done right. 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/intermittent-fasting-and-exercise/

11/25/23

#6 Midlife Fitness Pro Swinging For the Fences

This is another midlife fitness & health entrepreneur success story that resonated! Christine Conti, winner of this year’s IDEA Instructor of the Year award joined me. She didn’t talk about award winning as much as what she personally overcame. How she came to fitness as a second career and why it’s meaningful for her personally. If you’re thinking it’s too late, you can’t because of any number of reasons… listening to this will help you see it differently. 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/midlife-fitness-pro/

10/28/23 

#5 Top Podcast Episode of 2023 

Stop Sloppy Introductions: Bio Makeovers for Health & Fitness Pros

Heard of ChatGPT? Hard not to have by this point. But there are entrepreneurs using it so we all know it by the words embark, embrace, fitness journey. Those are code for AI. And images that are AI are also beginning to pop up everywhere. If you use them you may lose them – meaning customers. But if you know how to employ tricks you can retain your brand integrity and get back time both. 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/reduce-fitness-marketing-time/

2/1/23 

#2 

Content That Creates Clients That Want Only You

You are the only one that can do certain things in the way only you do them. This episode taps into how you can do it. How interesting that AI use by marketers increased dramatically over the course of this last 12 months. It may be easier than ever to stand out, if you use what only you have. 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/content-that-creates-clients/

3/4/23 

#1 Top Podcast Episode of 2023 
What Is Exercise Endocrinology [For Personal Trainers and Health Coaches]

Do you know the juggle between physiology of exercise and the physiology of menopause or of women vs men? This episode dives into that and the benefits of exercise on specifics. It’s  not platitudes of “exercise offsets symptoms of menopause” so often used by media, physicians even, who don’t themselves have enough exercise training 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/exercise-endocrinology/

2/11/23 

Other runner’s up among She Means Fitness Business podcast episodes in 2023 included: 

What to know about working with osteoporosis clients, How to work with perimenopause clients, how to work with menopause and postmenopause clients.

You can find the show on iTunes, iHeartradio, Spotify, Amazon and 80 other podcast platforms so it’s everywhere you listen to podcasts. Every episode aims to give you an immediately actionable tip for your business and or support you the solo health entrepreneur by sharing my experience, mistakes, and wins. 

We are taking a small pause in 2024 with this podcast. After 11 years, we’ve so much content and though there is always something new, we’re doubling down on the Flipping 50 podcast and know so many of you are listening there. 

We’re turning much of our content into short CEU courses like these: 

  • Essential Coaching Skills for Midlife Clients (available now)
  • Affiliate Marketing for Additional Revenue Streams (coming early 2024)
  • Marketing to Women with Copywriting that Converts (also first quarter) 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

5 Fall Fitness & Health Professional Business Growth Strategies https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/health-professional-business-growth-strategies/

When and How to Ask for Help Growing Your Health Business https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/growing-your-health-business/

Email Marketing for Fitness Business Success

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/email-marketing-fitness-businesses/

Resources

Free Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-scorecard/ – Don’t forget to grab our free guide that complements this episode, providing you with additional insights and resources to get your first midlife coaching client.

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Power Plate: https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate

Direct download: FMM_-_Top_10_episodes_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

In a recent episode I shared how to help clients with a flat belly. If you haven’t heard it, and this one appeals to you, you’ll want to listen. (stay with me! I’ll link to it in show notes) 

Where metabolism is concerned there are two considerations: 

  • During Exercise 
  • Outside of Exercise 

One is what happens 30-60 minutes a handful of times a week. The other is about what happens the other 23 or 23 and a half hours of the day. 

Which would you want to boost? 

The consideration you have to make is that often a tough exercise session will make people compensate both with food and coach compensation. The total energy expenditure is lower in postmenopausal women who workout more than 2x a week with strength and cardio each. 

You’re looking for the sweet spot of boosting muscle endurance and strength and stamina without decreasing energy or causing soreness that would make clients move less during the day. 

Information published by the Mayo Clinic informs that it is the all-day activity or movement that a client does that correlates with their risk of obesity. That is, it’s not those who go to the gym most, it’s people who move the most during their days that have the least risk of obesity. 

Strength Training is the only way to increase metabolism without accelerating aging. 

Coach a Better Metabolism in Menopause

  • Focus on reaching muscular fatigue in major muscle groups to gain muscle mass 
    • Functional exercise defined really means the exercise matches the goal of the exerciser. You can choose battle rope exercises or renegade rows or kettlebell swings but those focus most on elevating the energy expenditure across muscle groups. 
  • Major muscle groups first – even when she wants arm tone
  • Avoid crazy compound exercises that decrease the weight that can be lifted. 

For instance, a squat to an overhead press. First, you’ve got the potential for momentum. Second, the weight you can press overhead is going to be far less than what you can squat with, so the biggest focus becomes core and neither lower body muscle or shoulders. So if function is the key goal, this may be successful. If metabolism is, it is going to fall short. 

  • Coach rest and recovery – often a woman will do best when she is given something specific to do vs. told not to lift again for a couple days. Tell her how to use her time. Walk, swim, foam rolling, yoga, etc on a schedule will help her fill that itch to follow a plan and stay on track. And the food – coach the food part of this. 
  • Coach with data (the most important component of what you do)

Coaching Menopause Metabolic Flexibility

I’ve got 2 or 3 clients at any given moment who will need to be told exactly what parameters to train in, but most importantly what NOT to do. For Sunday low slow runs I give very specific time and heart rate goals. If I give a distance I also give a time. 

X distance or x time, whichever comes first. 

Heart rate no more than _______. 

Often the same clients will introduce intermittent fasting and get some initial success. They’ll have finally bought into the idea of boosting muscle protein synthesis and avoiding muscle protein breakdown. 

And then they’ll regress. 

Inevitably, it’s been because I have let my foot off the accelerator. If I stopped reminding them of the steps: Fast… feast.. Then fitness activity.

They’ve lost weight but muscle too. 

Upon review there’s been fast fitness then minimal feast. It’s only when I ask very specific questions that this surfaces. Even for longtime clients. So, never… ever ever underestimate the value of repetition.

Bottom Line for Coaching Metabolism in Menopause… 

 

  • Know that metabolism is not just burning calories at a higher rate during exercise 
  • Consider the aging effects of increasing metabolism collectively 
  • Know that strength training is one of the only ways to increase metabolism without accelerating aging. 
  • Measure the right thing. Loss of weight could be detrimental if it is muscle loss: you’ll be praised for a short time and cursed forever

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

5 Ways to Help Clients with a Flat Belly in Midlife https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/flat-belly-in-midlife/

7 Tips to be a Personal Trainer Every Midlife Woman Wants to Work With  https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/be-a-personal-trainer/

5 Menopause Exercise Programming Tips from Recent Exercise Studies

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/menopause-exercise-programming/

Resources

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

WellPros Mastermind & Mentorship Grouphttps://www.flippingfifty.com/WELLPROS

Direct download: FMM_coach_a_better_metabolism_in_menopause_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

If your health business email marketing is not up to date with current delivery parameters, in tune with your community and continually cleaned up, you need to brace yourself for 2024. In this episode I’m breaking down the most common misconceptions that result in mistakes.

No matter whether you’re starting or you’ve got a list, you are primed to do better. Email marketing is a puzzle for all industries but the secrets are simple. 

  • Serve your customer. 

  • Offer more value than promotions 

  • earn the right to put a promotion in front of them. 

Your success in any relationship is in understanding what someone else is thinking and feeling. If you’re not doing that as you write every single email, you are losing this race. 

For a very small percent of your email list this is a sprint. For many many more it’s a marathon. But you have water stations and port-a-potties all along a marathon. 

The fitness of your email marketing depends on the frequency and intensity of your email. 

Sound familiar? 

In this episode why these health business email marketing mistakes hurt: 

  • Email too infrequently 

  • Email with too little value 

  • Subject lines don’t peak curiosity 

  • Links are broken or not included 

  • Email an “everybody” email to all ages and both genders 

  • Not sending to unopens

  • Not studying your open and click rates monthly 

If you aren’t tapping into emotion with every email, you’re missing out. 

If you aren’t segmenting your email list, you’re suffering. 

When you get curious about why your open rate is low or click rate is poor, you can solve problems quickly. Was it the day and time? Was it the subject line? Was it the lack of repetition inside the email or the congruency of the message with the reason the subscriber got on your list? 

Resources: 

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

WELLPROS mentorship group: https://www.flippingfifty.com/store/uncategorized/fit-pros-health-coaches-monthly-membership-founder/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Better Email Marketing: Love Letters To Your Customers

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/better-email-marketing/

Email Marketing for Fitness Business Success

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/email-marketing-fitness-businesses/

The Truth About Email Frequency and Content

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/email-frequency/

Direct download: FMM_Health_Professionals_Email_Marketing_Mistakes_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Is it time to raise your rates? If you haven’t for a year or two and definitely since pre-pandemic I would absolutely recommend you look at this. I’m releasing this episode with a focus on end of year promotions and start of year implementation. 

It’s the perfect time for a health professional to look at raising rates. 

When you get started, you ask how much do I charge? There are a lot of things to consider in answering this question. A good rule of thumb though is always err on the high side. It’s much easier to reduce rates than raise your rates. So it all should be thoughtfully planned. 

But it can also be constipating. There’s no other way to say it. 

If you aren’t careful about your business plan you could be working for pennies per  hour. If you couldn’t even hire someone to work for you with commensurate education and qualifications for the rate you’re paying yourself, pump the brakes! 

If you’re in any way reluctant to track numbers, look at the profit and loss statements, still find you don’t like sales or struggle with accepting money, this is a much needed episode. You may have a little work to do on your worthiness and relationship with money. So, as you listen, just do this: stay aware of any negativity related to the money conversation here. 

Questions I Answer in this Episode:

  • How much to raise your health business rates
  • When to raise your rates
  • How much notice to provide 
  • How to deliver the message 
  • How to justify raising rates in your health & fitness business

1. How Much  and When to Raise Your Rates

Make it worth it. The last thing you want to do is raise them so little that you feel you need to raise them again. I try to raise rates no more frequently than 2 years. 

2. When to Raise Your Rates

Make it worth it. The last thing you want to do is raise them so little that you feel you need to raise them again. I try to raise rates no more frequently than 2 years. 

3. How Much Notice to Provide Before Raising Your Rates

When you’re raising your rates significantly, you give longer notice. For instance, I raised private coaching from $2000 per package to $5000. That’s significant. When I originally raised from $1000 package to $2000, that was still significant. I gave my community adequate notice so that those who’d always thought, I want to do private coaching but would “some day,” had a reason to do it today. 

When it’s packages, say you sell by frequency of classes or training sessions and discount as they go up, beware. You’re already discounting. Every day. So if you raise rates make this worthwhile. Do you want to increase each session by $2.00 or by $5.00? If someone is buying a package of 20 sessions the package would increase then by one hundred dollars. If you’re talking about a $1000 package, $100 is not that significant. Psychologically it’s not going to deter many from purchase. Consider at least $200. Now you’ve increased your hourly rate by $10, giving you a significant raise, and keep listening because #5 is going to help you do this painlessly for the customer.

4. How to Deliver the Message About Rate Increase

Send an email dedicated to this message. Don’t bury it in something else like so many trainers and health coaches bury offers. 

If you’re selling something specific or have a very specific message, do not water it down. 

Consider including a short video message from you. You’re going to want to listen to question 5 in order to do this smoothly. 

Keep it short. Write a script.

5. How to Justify Raising Your Health & Fitness Business Rates

This is the gold that I hope you’re still listening to get. Don’t just raise your rates without making it a win win for the customer and you. How can you increase the value of what THEY get when you raise your rates? 

I  just got a letter from one of my lawyers. It read, “in accordance with our letter of engagement effective Jan 1, my rates will increase to ______.”

Same service, different rate. 

It’s accepted with lawyers. It’s not accepted with health and fitness because there are too many choices. So you want to make it way too sweet to leave. What can you ADD? 

To make this make so much sense for YOU, what you add ideally will NOT negatively impact your time demands. You could add access to another course or tool you’ve already created but that normally did not come with it. 

You need to be sure that you’ve thought through current and well as new customers. Current customers will ask if they too get it. If they’ve been grandfathered in at an early adopter rate the answer may be no, but we’ll allow you to upgrade for (less than the product or service would usually sell for). 

I’ve increased the coaching time I spend or additional coaches spend with our clients. There’s a long term strategy to this and it’s not increased profit right away but it is retaining clients longer because they get a strong start. 

If you’re listening and you’d like to coach on our Flipping 50 team and are a Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist, reach out via support@flippingfifty.com It’s one of the 3 ways Specialists can earn right away. 

There you have it. How to increase your health business rates so you can significantly increase your revenue and keep your stress and dropout rate to a minimum.

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

When to Raise Your Rates, Fitness & Health Coaches – Part I

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/raise-your-rates/

How to Raise Your Rates, Fitness & Health Coaches – Part II

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/how-to-raise-your-rates/

How to Charge More, Raise Your Health Coaching Rates, and Not Pee Your Pants Doing It

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/raise-your-health-coaching-rates/

Resources

Direct download: FMM_Raise_Your_Rates_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

The difference between social media success and a lot of time on social media without success is having a social media marketing strategy. 

  • How often do you post? 

  • How many hashtags do you use?

  • How do you know which hashtags to use?

  • Where do you put hashtags?

  • Which metrics/insights are most important to you? 

If you have a strategy, you know the answers to these! 

My guest today provides insight at the perfect time. Start the New Year with information that is going to help you knock it out of the park in the coming year. 

Make a change for 3 months, assess your insight data and pivot or double down. 

You have the opportunity to watch over her shoulder (as you should be with ANY social media expert -recent podcast with Sue B Zimmerman here for you) and watching with a critical eye not just what they’re saying but what they’re doing is GOLD for you!

How often do they post? How often do they make a CTA? How often do they post a story? If you realize… they aren’t after being an “INFLUENCER” as much as getting clients, too, it changes everything! 

Listen to the end to hear the rapid fire questions I ask! 

Interested in the WELLPROS mastermind & mentorship to kickstart your business? It’s how to get more support from a community of coaches just like you and a coach who’s gone from 0 to 6-figure months.

My Guest:

Imagine your immigrant parents uprooting you in highschool at 16 and moving to a brand new highschool. My guest, Yesenia Lara Garcia grew up in Phoenix and Flaggstaff Arizona and attended NAU studying Strategic Communications and PR. She’s been an associate producer at Fox 10 News while simultaneously juggling roles of mother, wife, and began exploring content creation and became a notable influencer.

Her passion, very possibly your nemesis, is social media. She started her current business, Social Outfit Marketing to empower businesses and influencers to stand out on social media with custom strategies, creative content and engaging copy. 

And… she is the most positive person…. With a face that belongs in FRONT of the camera… you’re going to love this! 

Be sure you stay til the end of this social media strategy interview where I ask some rapid fire questions you may not know to ask. 

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

  • Let’s do a couple things before we even begin - define influencer and business for me- is there a difference for you and if how do you distinguish the strategies for each? What inspires you? Like any entrepreneur, do you ever have a hard time doing the work/get stuck in terms of creative ways to say the same thing over and over again? 

  • How did you start your business and why?

  • What did you most want from it? 

  • How do you measure success for your clients? What are you using for metrics? 

  • How do you decide to pivot or test a new strategy? 

  • Let’s talk about trending post types and trending audio, can using trending audio backfire if it’s not music that your demographic likes? 

  • How do you come up with creative ideas?

  • Is Instagram your primary platform or do you create content for across platform use? Does a REEL on Instagram double as a TikTock or YouTube short for instance? 

  • What mistakes do you see most often that we might be able to let listeners know how to flip? 

  • Is it posting frequency(too much/too little), use of hashtags (too many too few), key words, use of CTA (too much/too little)

Rapid Fire Questions about Social Media Strategy: 

How many hashtags are best right now? 

Where do hashtags below - post or comments? 

How often do you want to look at insights on platforms? 

How important are stories? 

Connect with Yesenia:

Website: https://www.socialoutfitmarketing.com

work with me: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/socialoutfitmarketing

On Social:

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/socialoutfitmarketing/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/yesenialg_/

TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@socialoutfitmarketing

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

NITTY GRITTY INSTAGRAM TIP Episode with The INSTAGRAM EXPERT

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/instagram-tip/

5-Tip Health Coaches Marketing Formula for Quick Social Media Wins

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/health-coaches-marketing-formula/

7 Fitness Professionals Social Media Marketing Mistakes (and the fix!)  https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-professionals-social-media/

Manychat.com: https://manychat.com/

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Direct download: FMM_-_Garcia_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

When you need clients, you need them now. How does 5 new clients in 7 days sound?  

What would 5 NEW CLIENTS in the next 7 days do for your business?


And what if you charged each of them 30% MORE than you had planned? Yes, you raised your rates AND asked for the sale. 

What if getting to those 5 sales, you connected with 12 leads that are interested but may need something lower priced or want to be on a waiting list (because your Beta Group is FILLED?)

What if you also shared with your possible 141 commenters on a post and all followers that you’re “sorry, but closed for this session” but have a waitlist for the next program, and share how to get on a notifications list. And you nurtured that list with a few quick wins between now and having something ready? 

Would that be okay?

Well, let me tell you about how our WellPro member did it.

After Thursday's hotseat session last week she went into action. By Friday she'd booked 3 consultations and sold 1, and had a maybe for the other.

But let me tell you the details so you don't miss a thing!!

1. "Z" was going to wait, until she was ready and had created a course, probably, she said, in January.

>> No, I suggested that these warm leads who responded to a post that they needed the support of a Menopause Specialist that she was taking couldn't "wait" to cool off. She needed to reach out now.

2. "Z" was set to charge $497 for a small beta group.

>>I said add $200 to that. It's going to be a small group, they're going to get a LOT of individual attention. They need to pay for that much time with you.

3. She reached out to these social-only acquaintances and DM'd them asking if they'd like to meet. She booked 3 sessions in a day. She sold 1, got a maybe and a no, not right now.

4. Over the next 6 days, she booked more consults, and filled all 5 slots, making $3400+ for a course she hasn't built yet.

**She was limited by the platform she's testing for this size group. She'll have the opportunity to show proof of concept, have testimonials to use for the actual launch, AND... know that the price point is very reasonable since she'll be able to show transformation.

5. "Z" is lit up excited. She doesn’t just have 5 new clients in 7 days. She has momentum! How do you think that will boost her November and December sales?

How Can You Too Get 5 New Clients in 7 Days (or BETTER!) 

I’ve been talking all month about the WELLPROs mastermind. In case you missed it, it’s not too late.

In fact, it’s not too late to get in at the founder’s rate but it will be!!! 

Here’s how it works: 

Regularly the mastermind & mentorship is $79/month.

The founder’s rate is $49/month

There is NO contract. It’s month-to-month.

I provide value, you stay, you pay monthly via subscription. 

If you find it doesn’t serve you, give you clarity on pricing, asking, presenting offers, or planning your next promotion… then you simply give us 3 business days' notice to cancel. 

You have access to the library for as long as you’re a member. So not only do you get opportunity to add a hot seat question (whether you’re in bed fast asleep in Australia at 12 noon AZ on Thursdays or live), you get to catch up or review any sessions you’ve missed. 

PLUS, you have a CEU course every six months as an added perk.

This is a collaboration of others AND coaching from a 0-to-6-figures a month coach. You hear what’s working for others and ideas and get a team of women rooting for you. Priceless.

You get the opportunity to declare out loud what you’ll do and to report the following week what worked and didn’t. 

You can see, if you take instant action, you will get to “yes.” 

Other success stories are coming. Some are Black Friday weekend based, others, about testing and research via social media. They’re coming … just stay tuned. Better yet, what if you had a big win.. What would that look like? 

Are You Connected? 

Fitness Marketing Mastery Website: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/fitnessmarketingbiz

Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/flipping50tv

Resources: 

Your Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-scorecard/

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/

Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Course: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Pandemic Fitness Business Success Story: Family Business| Episode #281: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-business-success-story/

Fitness Marketing Secrets to Recession-Proof with Bedros Keuilian: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-marketing-secrets/

6-Figure Months From 6 Mindset Shifts: Fitness Coaching Business: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/6-figure-months/

Direct download: FMM_5_New_Clients_in_7_Days_-_Heres_How_She_Did_It_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

This episode may be a little tough love. The way to start making money as a health professional is to stop making excuses.

It’s the same thing I’d say to a woman who wants to start getting stronger or more toned or lose weight. She’s got to stop making excuses for what she can’t do.

Look, we’re all busy. Busy isn’t the problem. Busy doing the wrong things is the problem. 

You have to admit, that it is much safer to say you aren’t ready, you need a certification, you need more time… but the truth is all of us who’ve done big things have done it not in spite of things that could have gotten in the way but because they did. 

Start Making Money as a Health Professional

The #1 way to scale a business – which means to make money without making more time – is a digital course. Since 2010 digital courses have been the #1 growth formula for those with a proven system and formula for getting results. Anyone from needlepoint to choreography, to cooking to growing tomatoes can create a digital course.

So fitness, which lends itself to pictures and video and voice overs so very easily is an easy way to ….

But that’s not what I’m talking to you about here. 

In order to scale, most of us can’t afford to do low ticket offers first.

You have to have the influx of revenue and time in order to invest in systems, staff, platforms and ads in order to make small and evergreen work.

Think about your monthly bills. They’re going to keep coming in while you aren’t making anything, don’t have an email list and aren’t ready to promote what you’ll be building yet. 

You have to decide before you’re making money as a  health professional that you’re going to make this work. 

We may not know how to make it happen, but…. 

We’ve got to make it welcome. 

And in creating space and time you allow yourself the ability to expand. 

It’s not pretending. You are able to become the vision you want. 

In fact, what would you love? 

It’s easy and risky to start comparing yourself to other people or start on a path of acquiring… certifications, degrees… and not actually find yourself loving either the journey or the outcome. 

Ask, what would you love? 

Confusion can be a convenient cover up for avoidance.

You could be avoiding success. What could be afraid of? 

You also may be letting other things get in your way like being too busy at work.

When in reality that is a very comfortable out. 

When there is a tragedy or a dire need any one of us will make it happen. When it is a convenient choice and you’re fine and you’ll eat and go shopping no matter what the …

Making Money as a Health Professional 

Decide. 

Create a model that brings in revenue fast. 

Then create that long game revenue stream. 

Test the plane while you’re flying it.

Add other parts customers will need. 

What will they need next?

The first steps though are to dream about the lifestyle you want. Then when you can see and feel it, start getting into action creating the WHO you have to be to get it. 

Resources: 

Your Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-scorecard/

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/

Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Course: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

10 Ways to Fill Your Fitness Programs Right Now 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/10-ways-to-fill-your-fitness-programs-right-now/

Planning Content to Fill Your Fitness Programs

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fill-your-fitness-programs/

Tools to Get Clients to Stick With Their Exercise

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/clients-stick-with-their-exercise/

 

Direct download: FMM_How_to_Start_Making_Money_as_a_Health_Professional_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

If you’re a wellness professional or aspiring to be one, then you can take inspiration from other wellness professionals creative application of their skillset, their passions, and problem solving. 

In the WellPro Mastermind (details below) we use the L.I.F.T. method to leverage your uniqueness so we can solve that problem of how you stand out when there are so many newly certified or at least calling themselves, coaches trying to do the same as you. 

This is one of our community members, so say a virtual warm welcome to her, and you may potentially see her inside our mastermind on one of the three hotseats we host each month. If you’re a member, know we give you 12 opportunities to get answers to immediate questions like how to craft an offer, where to price your product, how to fill seats on a webinar or how to make a call to action, and where and when to (and not to do it)!

You can learn more here: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/wellpro   Be among our first members and get the founder’s rate. Enjoy the kickoff calls and the full library no matter when you join for as long as you’re a member. 

My Guest: 

In Jill Beck’s eyes, Health and wellness for people over 40 is in dire need of transformation. Let’s be honest, the industry has struggled to address the lack of fitness and wellness options for anyone who’s NOT a fit 25-40 year old (white) guy.

Once Jill left Wall Street 20+ years ago, she started to get serious about her health and fitness. Over that journey, she saw firsthand how few resources and options existed for people over 40. Now she’s on a mission to ensure that no one else has to go through that experience by themselves!

Combining her experience with tech & finance with her passion for wellness, fitness and overall health, Go Long is currently her third business venture and the one she’s most excited about. 

The major throughline in all her businesses has been wanting to help people become their best selves, however they define that.

Questions We Answer in this Episode:

  • You’ve got a novel concept, how was this born? 

  • What criteria have you used to determine there’s a demand, and there’s clients willing to pay for it? 

  • What kind of professionals do you refer to? 

  • You will constantly need new clients, where are they coming from? 

  • How can a pro listening connect with you to tell you more about what they do and how they might be a resource for you? 

Connect with Jill: 

Website: https://golong.me

On Social:

BLOG: https://golong.substack.com

INSTAGRAM: https://instagram.com/justgolong

THREADS: https://threads.net/justgolong

CALENDLY: https://calendly.com/jill-c-beck/30min

Resources: 

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Starting a New Business as a Personal Trainer | Entrepreneur Interview https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/starting-a-new-business/

Grow Your Fitness Business in 2023 | Personal Trainers and Health Coaches

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-business-in-2023/

Small Work Wins for Your Health & Fitness Business

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/small-work-wins/

Direct download: FMM_Wellness_Professional_Profile_-_Wellness_Matchmaker_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

I’m going to hand you the health professionals launch checklist right inside this episode. As we round the corner on the 4th quarter and enter the holiday season this is one thing on every health and fitness professional’s mind. 

Having a great next year begins the last quarter of this year. You have to put things in place. And whether it’s your spring break bootcamp or your summer shape up or fall back on track program, if you don’t have the right steps in place before you open the cart, during the cart, and after the cart, you’re not going to be as successful as you could. 

First, before we dive in, I’ll ask this: do you have a goal? Do you know how many items of X you want to sell? Then do you know how you’re going to put the offer in front of the right people at the right time? 

You have to be always growing an email list and nurturing it. Not just wishing you had when you go to launch. Sales is a lot of things. It’s relationships. But it’s also numbers. You want to always be bringing people in at the top of your funnel and moving them to the middle and finally be moving them either to a sale from the bottom of the funnel or moving them off of your list. 

The Launch Checklist for Health Professionals

  • Track Numbers

    • Before anything, set yourself up to track G-analytics and any special codes

  • Runway length based on price: 

    • 2-4 weeks

    • 4–8 weeks 

  • Serve Top of Funnel

    • Create or locate your cornerstone content*

    • Create once, use many times 

  • Proceed to Mid Funnel 

    • Asking for an opt in 

  • Bottom of Funnel 

    • Email list campaigns

  • Start with feel-think-do related content 

    • Discuss the problem

    • Explain why 

    • Then provide the next step

  • Target a segmented list 

  •   They got on your list because of exactly this problem you’re solving 

  • Post Launch Breakdown 

  • Create a list of what to test next 

    • Landing pages - copy, images Offer 

You’re a business not a newspaper or a magazine. Make an offer on a regular basis and when people unsubscribe because you did, they weren’t going to buy. Celebrate that you weeded them out. 

That’s it. Step by step. You can use this list to start NOW. No matter what time of year you’re listening. 

And if you’re not already in our WELLPROs mastermind and mentorship then consider joining us if you’re lost with pricing, offers, how to position yourself or knowing what’s worth your time and what’s not.

Resources:

Starting a New Business as a Personal Trainer | Entrepreneur Interview

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/starting-a-new-business/

Grow Your Fitness Business in 2023 | Personal Trainers and Health Coaches

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-business-in-2023/

Small Work Wins for Your Health & Fitness Business

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/small-work-wins/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

10 Ways to Fill Your Fitness Programs Right Now 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/10-ways-to-fill-your-fitness-programs-right-now/

Planning Content to Fill Your Fitness Programs

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fill-your-fitness-programs/

Filling Your Personal Training Programs with Juicy Titles That Sell

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/filling-personal-training-programs-juicy-titles-sell/

 

Direct download: FMM_Health_Professionals_Launch_Checklist_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Who doesn’t want a million dollar wellness business? Yet, here’s the truth: few health and wellness professionals allow themselves to dream that big or are willing to do what it takes. 

There is also a little magic in deciding what kind of lifestyle you want to create. A million dollar wellness business with what percent profit? How do you want your day-to-day life to be? If you’re willing to do anything or whatever it takes to grow your business, you may be sorry that you have the business you’ve grown with hours you can’t sustain. 

So let’s imagine your ideal business with what you have in the bank, where you live, where you travel but most importantly, what your every day and every week are like. This matters! 

More on that in an upcoming episode as we start dreaming into reality your idea 2024. 

Get the Health & Fitness Professional’s Business Scorecard 

My Guest:

Danielle Dorsey studied Kinesiology in JMU and her Master’s Degree in Recreation Administration from the University of Tennessee. Danielle is the Founder of Dance Corps, and she is a Brand Partner for Savvi Lifestyle Co. She has helped thousands of people in the fitness and wellness space over the past 19 years in the industry, and she has presented at numerous intercollegiate and MANIA conferences. She has certifications from NASM as personal trainer and Nutrition Coach and from AFAA for  primary group exercise.

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

  • What is Dance Corps? 

  • What is your business mission? Who do you serve? 

  • WHY are you doing this? 

  • What were your biggest struggles and how did you overcome them?

  • What is your vision for your business?

  • And then how is it you came to plan and offer this event?

  • How are group fitness instructors going to benefit from attending this online event?

  • Why did you choose injury prevention/navigating overuse injuries for instructors?

  • How will this event positively impact the careers of instructors who listen to the interviews?

  • How can people register to attend? 

Connect with Danielle on the summit:

Website: https://fitnessfirst.pro 

On Social:

Facebook:  https://www.Facebook.com/DCdancecorps

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/dc_dancecorps

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/danielle-dorsey-ms-nasm-cnc-411b9862

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How to Be a Profitable Health Expert | You Need This

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/profitable-health-expert/

How to Be Healthy Enough, Profitable and Successful Enough

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/successful-enough/

Coaching Client Nutrition within Scope of Practice for Revenue & Impact

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/coaching-nutrition-clients/

 

Direct download: FMM_-_Danielle_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

FaceBook Ad Strategies may be something you’re burying your head in the sand about, something you’re trying to do yourself or something you just have to farm out due to time restrictions, but regardless, you need to know! 

My Facebook ad strategies have swung from me doing to me hiring poorly to me hiring wisely and that brings me to today’s episode. Full disclosure, I don’t share anything I don’t know like and trust with any community members. That’s whether we’re talking skincare, whole body vibration, or Facebook ad strategies. Today’s guest is my ads strategist or media buyer as you will hear her describe herself. 

 

We will cover how to grow traffic, increase leads (and therefore email list), and how to advertise to a paid service. 

My Guest: 

As a seasoned professional with over a decade of experience in growth and performance marketing, online sales, and digital advertising, Carrie has managed $25+ million in ad spend. Her expertise includes META Campaigns, specializing in Direct Response, eCommerce, Events, App Downloads, and Lead Generation. She excels in full-funnel conversion optimization, attribution tracking, and troubleshooting for the health and fitness industry, serving coaches, activewear brands, naturopaths, and doctors.

Questions We Answer in this Episode:

  • What's is the best strategy to improve performance if new to META ads. 

  • How would that differ for someone more experienced? 

  • (And let’s clarify, when we use the term new to META ads vs experienced - are we referring to the first time someone advertises or newer in business trying to build an audience and leads?)

  • What are Media Buyer Qualification Questions & Red Flags?

  • High-Performing Ads, Copy, Images to Resonate w/ Audience

  • What does a new-to-FB ads entrepreneur want to watch out for when hiring someone else to manage ads? 

  • Let’s define KPIs and what choices for goals and KPIs a listener would want to consider.

  • Goals & Defining KPIs. While always revenue, knowing if they need to build their audience first (website traffic, email, ect. before sales) 

  • Is there a difference in the cost of an ad to leads to a free or content-rich post in which you might have a native ad/opt-in embedded vs an ad direct to a sales page? 

  • Knowing we’re health & fitness professionals talk a little about claims, even simple things like use of the word “you” in ads that might get an ad rejected?

Connect Carrie’s Website:

hello@carriegottschalk.com

Carrie on Social: 

https://www.linkedin.com/in/cgottschalk/

https://www.instagram.com/carriegottschalk/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/cgottschalk/

Guest Headshot: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/forms/64f88c5eb2824.jpg

Resources: 

Your Business Scorecard: For Fitness & Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-scorecard/

Copywriting for Marketing to Women Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Fast Fixes for Social Media: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fast-fixes-for-social-media/

5 Tips for Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/health-coaches-marketing-formula/

Direct download: FMM_-_Carrie_Gottschalk_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Say, you’ve got it good. You’re liking your life right now. Do you need to learn the art of letting go of good to get to great? Though it might sound too much like a Jim Collin’s book, it’s literally what today’s guest has done. More than once in her life. And she’d done it in midlife. 

If you want to reach a new level of influence, power, or success, that you might define as revenue or freedom of time, you may have to stop doing something. Either stop completely, or delegate it to someone else. 

Listen closely to this episode where one successful book may or may not lead to another. One successful podcast may have to go away to birth a better one.

For you… I wish whatever you’re dreaming about … or better. 

My Guest: 

Gin Stephens is the author of the NY Times and USA Today bestseller Fast. Feast. Repeat., and Delay, Don’t Deny: Living an Intermittent Fasting Lifestyle, an Amazon #1 best seller in the weight loss category, as well as Clean(ish): Eat (Mostly) Clean, Live (Mainly) Clean, and Unlock Your Body's Natural Ability to Self-Clean (2022), another Amazon #1 bestseller in several categories. Gin has lived the intermittent fasting lifestyle since 2014, losing over 80 pounds. She is the host of 2 top-ranked podcasts: Intermittent Fasting Stories and the Fast. Feast. Repeat. Intermittent Fasting for Life podcast (w/Sheri Bullock). You can join her private community by going to ginstephens.com/community.

Questions We Answer in this Episode: 

  • You mentioned starting this new podcast and how it's already out-performed your first and made the comment about having to let go of things. The universe is speaking to me apparently. It falls in alignment with 10x is easier than 2x philosophy where to grow really big and explode you may have to let things that are doing "pretty well" go. What was your reason for starting this new adventure? 

  • Are you letting go of something in order to support it? 

  • And how does/did that feel? 

  • Have you done this before in your life and business? 

  • Any advice to listeners who are or who want to be coaches and trainers and aren't right now? What if they just feel pulled to become trainers but have no formal training just such a strong interest, what would you say might tell them this is a fleeting thing vs a real life-loving game-changing pursuit?  

Connect with Gin: 

https://www.ginstephens.com/

On Social: 

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/ginstephens

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How to Pivot Your Fitness Brand Right Now with Natalie Jill

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/your-fitness-brand/

Top 10 BEST Health Coaching Business Podcasts of 2022

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/best-health-coaching-business-podcasts/

Resources: 

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course


If it’s time for you to start or start over, this episode is gold. Some of these were conducted during the pandemic. Others not so much. These 5 big health & fitness experts share their tips for starting over right now in these times. 

Let me give you the TV Guide version of these episodes so you can choose which to listen to first and … the 411 in terms of the resounding theme each of them shared! 

Bedros Keullian 

Bedros Keuilian is an American Entrepreneur and a believer in the American Dream. He and his family are immigrants who escaped communism and came to the United States to find freedom, opportunity and a better life.

Fitness Marketing Secrets to Recession-Proof with Bedros Keuilian:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-marketing-secrets/

JJ Virgin 

Triple-board certified nutrition expert and Fitness Hall of Famer JJ Virgin is a passionate advocate of eating and exercising smarter. JJ helps people stay fired up and healthy as they age, so they feel the best they ever have at age 40+.

Fitness Trainer Opportunities Right Now | Start Over Start Strong: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/opportunities/

Sara Kooperman

Sara Kooperman, JD, CEO of SCW Fitness Education, WATERinMOTION® and S.E.A.T. Fitness, is a visionary leader in the fitness industry. 

What Would You Do If You Were Starting Over? Female Fitness Leader Responds: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/starting-over-female-fitness-leader/

Still listening? You’ve picked up on the a theme by now. Communication is key for each of these trailblazers to start or start over.. Be it communication with your audience (growing your list) or it’s communicating with collaborators and people you can work with for the good of both your audiences. 

Natalie Jill 

Natalie Jill is a Fat Loss Expert And Creative Sales Strategist who helps women ReIgnite, ReDefine and ReBrand what aging has to mean! 50 years old herself, she is changing conversations around age, potential, and possibility! 

How to Pivot Your Fitness Brand Right Now with Natalie Jill:  https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/your-fitness-brand/

Steph Gaudreau 

Steph Gaudreau is a strength nutrition strategist and lifting coach who helps women fuel themselves smarter. Get stronger, increase their energy, and perform better in the gym. She’s the author of The Core 4: Embrace Your Body, Own Your Power and the host of the Listen to Your Body Podcast.

Women’s Fitness Nutrition Influencer Tips for Marketing: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/influencer-tips-for-marketing/

Other episodes you might like:

Fitness Marketing Secrets to Recession-Proof with Bedros Keuilian:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-marketing-secrets/

Fitness Trainer Opportunities Right Now | Start Over Start Strong: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/opportunities/

What Would You Do If You Were Starting Over? Female Fitness Leader Responds: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/starting-over-female-fitness-leader/

How to Pivot Your Fitness Brand Right Now with Natalie Jill:  https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/your-fitness-brand/

Women’s Fitness Nutrition Influencer Tips for Marketing: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/influencer-tips-for-marketing/

Resources:

Your Business Scorecard: For Fitness & Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-scorecard/

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Copywriting for Marketing to Women Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/

Send an Email to support@flippingfifty.com if you want to learn more about the founding member’s rate for the Health & Well Pros mastermind.

Direct download: FMM_5_Podcasts_to_Help_You_Start_or_Start_Over_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

No matter how passionate you are about fitness, health coaching or nutrition, growing your health business is still growing a business. It can be scary. It can feel risky. 

And the truth is, if it doesn’t, there’s probably a higher change that you’ll become one of the statistics or remain a hobby or side hustle. And if you want a side hustle, that’s great. But if you really want to be running a successful and thriving business and to leave the 9-to-5 then you have to have something on the line. 

Even doctors and very intelligent people need your support. And even they ask for help. Did you know that doctors, lawyers and financial planners are MORE likely to ask for help. A doctor at a recent health business conference I attended stood up and thanked me - and the Flipping 50 podcast for If You are “Busy,” But Not Growing Your Health Business

For instance, if you are a serial entrepreneur or tend to get passionate and then switch gears… 

These two are directly linked. 

The number one reason your growth is slow is that you change what you’re doing instead of doubling down on what’s already working or even what’s not and committing to making it work. 

After I had left my 6 ½ year position at a fitness center where we’d grown by 100k every year for 6 straight years, the manager asked me to support the new training director in growing the program. She shared some of the things they’d been trying. One of the trainers has spent hours developing this program of videos and workout plans and then it fell flat. No one bought it. 

I asked what was tested next. 

Crickets. 

So, I offered some ideas for what to do next: 

test the title

test copy 

test images used to promote it. 

She said, it’s too late. He left because he couldn’t make money and he was so disappointed. 

Don’t let that be you. 

Either as that trainer/coach or as the Personal Training director/owner mentoring others. Ask for help if you’re out of your wheelhouse.

It’s okay to be incredibly brilliant and knowledgeable about fitness, healthy, protocols, yet having never created an offer, launched a program, written copy or selected images or knowing where to place them on the page for the eye to flow properly… ask. Ask before you guess or spend your time, money and energy. 

You will lose momentum, you will lose good people, and you will rob the audience you serve of the gift your service can be to them if you don’t ask for support.

How to Ask for Help Growing Your Health Business 

Do it early. When you don’t know business, know that the sooner you start right, the better. 

When you don’t know what to ask, ask this: 

How can I help you? 

Ask always. There’s never a time not to ask. Simultaneously, there’s never a time you can’t ask someone else how you can help them. If you want the short Cliff Notes on this episode, that would be it. 

Be open and honest about your numbers. To do that, know them. Beyond knowing you’re not making enough, know how much is enough. Know how many of a product or service you must sell to make it justifiable. Know the value of your own time. Know that few of us can afford to start with a low-ticket offer. Because if you must sell 5000 of them to make it count, you must have an audience of about 100,000.

Your Business Scorecard: For Fitness & Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-scorecard/

Copywriting for Marketing to Women Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Small Work Wins for Your Health & Fitness Business

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/small-work-wins/

Grow Your Fitness Business in 2023 | Personal Trainers and Health Coaches

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-business-in-2023/

 


How do you see yourself? Educator, healer, entrepreneur? 

My guest founded an education company, a product development company, and while she runs them as CEO, she continues to educate on benefits and use of products. But she started without the vision of where she is today. She knew she had something and she just kept going. She did it backwards, she did it when others said you can’t do that. 

So, if you’re wondering if you can, if you should, or you are swimming upstream surrounded by people who are used to doing it the way it’s always been done and you are getting looks like, are you crazy? You might just be in the exact right place. 

Some of the most successful, the artists, the inventors weren’t popular at first. They were ridiculed. Don’t be too quick to give in or to simply do it status quo. Need a little dose of inspiration? This might be it! 

My Guest: 

Dr Emily Splichal, Functional Podiatrist and Human Movement Specialist, is the Founder of EBFA Global, Creator of the Barefoot Training Specialist® Certification, Author of Barefoot Strong and CEO/Founder of Naboso Technology. With over 20 years in the fitness industry, Dr Splichal has dedicated her medical career towards studying postural alignment and human movement as it relates to barefoot science, foot to core integration and sensory integration.

Questions We Answer in this Episode: 

Was the business model you have now what you imagined when you started? 

Is the biggest part of your business direct to consumer or business to business? 

What were the biggest surprises about your business? 

You mention a team, and having one is something listeners will need, will need, and that can be a very unique skill set. How has it been hiring a team and delegating? 

Connect with Dr. Emily:

https://www.dremilysplichal.com

On Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/nabosotechnology

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/naboso_technology/

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@NabosoTechnology

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thefunctionalfootdoc/

 

Resources: 

Barefoot Strong Book - On Amazon 

Use Code DEBRA for $50 off for functional feet

https://www.flippingfifty.com/dremily 

Your Business Scorecard: For Fitness & Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-scorecard/

Copywriting for Marketing to Women Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Dr. Emily’s Episode on Flippingfifty.com

 https://www.flippingfifty.com/functional-feet/ 

20 Simple Ways to Market Your Health & Fitness Coaching Business:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/market-your-health-and-fitness-coaching/

 


October is Menopause Awareness Month and October 20 is Osteoporosis Day, so it’s only fitting we discuss the truths about working with osteoporosis fitness clients. Questions are abundant both among women diagnosed and trainers and coaches working with them. Information once on the internet lives on the internet and it’s up to you to filter through it. 

Here’s a little vetted information to help. Several references are included, but I encourage you to take your own primary research further. If you’re working with someone with osteoporosis or osteopenia or you want to be a part of preventing it, you owe it to them and yourself to do your homework. 

  • Prior to dogma about weight management and lack of consistent information about prevention of bone loss are big contributors to a woman’s risk of osteoporosis

  • After diagnosis fear is the biggest obstacle many women face due to decades-long information that women with osteoporosis are delicate and should do less 

  • At this time 50% of women diagnosed with osteoporosis suffer a fracture 

  • During menopause transition bone loss can accelerate to 4% a year for up to 10 years according to previous studies reported by John Hopkins 

  • Misinformed from perpetuating outdated information from both doctors and trainers (since 2015 evidence of not only increased safety and viability of high impact and high intensity exercise for osteoporotic postmenopausal women is much more promising than prior goals of stopping or slowing losses) 

  • 41% of women over 40 had either osteopenia (>31%) or osteoporosis (>14%) in a 2010 study. Said differently, 31% of women over 40 had osteopenia and more than 30% of women over 60 had osteoporosis. The further from menopause (>10 years the increase in prevalence of osteoporosis = 40% compared to just 5 years post menopause at 9%)

  • It’s not only about calcium, it’s about whether it’s absorbed. Yes, to Vitamin D and magnesium but if gut issues persist and a woman is tolerating them or describing as “normal for me” there’s a potential gap

  • Intense weight training and high impact exercise have been safely employed in a number of studies since 2015 with positive results, no negative effects and a high adherence rate

  • Yoga too has been proven to improve bone density with a daily practice of 12 poses each held for a minute 

  • Whole  body vibration increased BMD by 2% with 5 minutes 3x a week in postmenopausal women. In physically restricted individuals it’s an alternative to other exercise. In able-bodied, in combination with resistance training WBV increases results of both muscle and bone regeneration. 

“Whole-body vibration therapy is an intentional biomechanical stimulation of the body using various frequencies of vibrations with the motive of health improvement. Ever since its discovery, this therapy has been extensively used in physiotherapeutic measures and the sports industry. For its property of increasing bone mass and density, space agencies use this therapy on astronauts who return to Earth after long-term space missions to regain lost bone and muscle mass. The potential of this therapy to restore bone mass encouraged researchers to look for its scope in the treatment of age-related bone degenerative diseases such as osteoporosis and sarcopenia, as well as in the correction of posture control and gait in geriatrics and post-menopausal women.”

First used by NASA with astronauts as a way to overcome the muscle and bone losses experienced by astronauts in space. 

  •  affects bone metabolism, muscle function, muscle training, and the endocrine system

  • Vibration therapy provides anabolic mechanical signals to the bone and musculotendinous systems

  • It improves blood circulation to the bones, ensuring an improved nutrition supply. 

  • Human adipose-derived stem cell differentiation into osteoblasts is facilitated by vibration therapy 

  • inhibiting excessive osteoclast formation  

  • improves bone health by amplifying gap junctional communication in osteocytes 

  • activate the tonic vibration reflex and induce non-voluntary muscular contraction 

  • activation of previously inactive muscle fibers 

  • enhances the endocrine system's functioning: Growth hormone increases by 500% (though it sounds inflated: true)

References: 

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3139257/

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36793830/

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27331044/

https://www.hopkinsarthritis.org/arthritis-info/osteoporosis-info/

Other Episodes You Might Like:

10 Things to Know About Coaching Menopause Fitness Clients:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/menopause-fitness-clients/

Training Midlife Clients | Zone 2 Training For Menopause:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/zone-2-training-for-menopause/

Resources: 

Your Business Scorecard: For Fitness & Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-scorecard/

Menopause Fitness Specialist™ Program: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/menopause-fitness-specialist-program-2022/

Save 20% off with code: Flipping50 https://www.flippingfifty.com/powerplate

Send an Email to support@flippingfifty.com if you want to learn more about the founding member’s rate for the Health & Well Pros mastermind.

 

Direct download: FMM_10_Things_to_Know_About_Osteoporosis_Fitness_Clients_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Picture yourself teaching yoga on the beach one minute and sipping drinks with straws the next. Teaching vacation programs make this possible and have for decades now. Learn how ideas are incubated, born and nurtured into something you’re proud of.

I had one more question to ask, about whether there were any success stories from FitBodies, Inc. Then she told me about her experience with assuming her own strength because she had to. As she answered, I deleted every letter of that question. You’ll understand when you hear it. 

My guest today blends the exact tropical vacation and complimentary services you want with the ability to teach fitness classes from the beach or lanai and be sipping a drink with an umbrella at the pool soon after. Enjoy 24 hour room service and a week away from it all. If you fancy a teaching vacation, stay tuned, we’ll tell you how. 

My Guest:

Suzelle Snowden is the founder of Fit Bodies, Inc., the creator of the largest teaching vacation organization in the world. Fit Bodies, Inc. blends the vacation aspirations of exercise professionals with the wellness needs of a luxury resort. Suzelle’s passion is to share fitness with others! With over 35 years in the fitness industry, Suzelle is ACE CPT and GFI with numerous other certifications including Spinning®, Yoga Alliance E-RYT-200, Corefirst and Strong Nation.

  • Do you collaborate with pros who have an idea and niche they'd like to offer as a "retreat in paradise" option?

  • What's your advice to trainers or health pros (or want-to-be's) who have a business idea or something that they dream about... and are afraid to begin? (knowing our audience is midlife and beyond women)

If you’re interested in signing up for a teaching vacation, your account is free. You can browse vacations and when ready to book you can with a membership book a trip up to a year in advance. 

Take a friend, the family, come right back or stay longer. You get to decide. What I do know is those who go tend to go back. 

Connect with Suzelle:

Website:  https://fitnessprotravel.com/ or https://www.fitbodiesinc.com/

On Social:

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/suzelle_fitbodiesinc/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/fitbodiesinc

Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/suzellesnowdenfitbodiesinc

Direct download: FMM_Suzelle_Snowden_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Fall is here! Fall fitness & health professional business growth strategies are also here. What you do now not only determines how you finish this year but how you start the next. The last quarter of your year is pivotal. 

You currently have enough data for the current year to look back and determine your revenue sources. You can look at your best sellers, your time and energy drains, and best decide where to eliminate, condense, archive or delete. 

Most of all, you want to know right now where you are according to your goal for each month of 2023. Are you ahead, behind or right on target? And why? Do you know what worked? 

You always want to have a goal. Monthly, then weekly, and daily. 

When it comes to a podcast, we have a number of downloads we want each month. 
With social media posts, I want a certain amount of engagement each week. Some have daily engagement goals and are posting multiple times a day to get it. 

The point.. Is only when you know what goal you’re running toward do you know how to get there. If you’re just using “hope” strategy, that usually doesn’t work out very well. 

Health Professional Business Growth Strategies

  1. Be Early Not Late

    1. Don’t wait until the last minute to plan the content, the guests, the ads and partnerships 

  1. Plan your first 6 months of 2024 

    1. Launches 

    2. Content publishing 

    3. Collaborating 

  1. Enroll before the holidays 

Once November hits… it starts and attention spans end

  1. Use Holidays 

  • October - a month & a day 
  • Open Houses
  • Black Friday, Thanksgiving, Cyber Monday 
  • 12 Days of Christmas 
  • Twas the week before Christmas 
  1. Preview Goals & Post Mortem Breakdowns 

    1. Test don’t guess 

    2. Never shoot blanks 

    3. Calculate and make it happen 

    4. How much is your time worth? 

    5. Don’t throw the baby out with the bathwater

Resources: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

SEND a message to support@flippingfifty.com if you’d like info about joining the fitness pros mastermind group 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Fitness Marketing Video Strategy: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-marketing-video-strategies-get-customers/

7 Simple Sales Strategies: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/simple-sales-strategies/

 

Direct download: FMM_-_Fall_Strategies_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

The Instagram tips you didn’t know you want are right here! Get right into this with your bio and fix that first! If you wonder what you’re doing wrong or why you’re not getting found, this could be so insightful for you! 

It’s not too late. It’s time to start. 

My Guest:

Sue B. is an insightful, energetic, and in-demand online marketing educator, influencer speaker, and a no-BS business coach. Sue B. is a popular CreativeLive Instructor and has been named by Huffington Post as one of the “Top 50 Must-Follow Women Entrepreneurs” as well as “The Top 50 Social Media Marketing Influencers” by TopRank Marketing, and “Top Female Business Influencers of 2019” by Fit Small Business. Sue’s blog was ranked as one of the Top 10 social media blogs in 2017 by Social Media Examiner.

Whether she’s taking a global stage, or speaking at an industry conference, like Social Media Marketing World, or working one-on-one with her clients, Sue B. is driven to help business owners leverage the power of Instagram to meet (and exceed) their business goals. As a lifelong entrepreneur, Sue B. has over 30 years of business experience. And, with her extensive knowledge and implementation of social media, it is Sue B.’s mission to teach, mentor, and empower others.

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

  • 1-3 most important tips for pros to use

  • 1-3 most common mistakes that happen right now

  • Where are there still opportunities for the listener who thinks, "there's already so many people I can't stand out"?

Let me know if these Instagram tips were beneficial. Which is the first you'll take action on? 

Connect with Sue: 

Website:  https://learnwithsbz.com/

Sue on Social:

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/theinstagramexpert/
Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/@SueBZimmermanEnterprise

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Fast Fixes for Social Media: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fast-fixes-for-social-media/

5 Tips for Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/health-coaches-marketing-formula/

Resources: 

Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

 

Direct download: FMM_Sue_B_Zimmerman_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Can’t get new clients? If you don’t know how to get them or aren’t able to keep them, this is for you. And there is a really good chance you are NOT making this mistake I’m about to share. Trainers and health coaches who listen to business growth podcasts are already conscientious. 

If you are making this mistake, you do now or you will fall into that category of trainers who can’t get new clients. 

I share this in case it shows you that even though the world has exploded with people collecting fitness and health coaching certifications, there is room for you, there is plenty of room for you. Because a certification, you must be reminded, is a minimum viable knowledge to enter the field. Few certification programs support trainers or coaches in the client-getting process, or the effective ongoing coaching process. 

To get new clients you need two things: 

  • Great system of service that gets great results in current clients, so they continue 
  • Systematic way to ask clients who get great results for referrals  

If You Can’t Get New Clients… 

It’s not that hard to get new clients when this is happening all too frequently…

Some trainers ask this at the beginning of sessions: 

“What do you want to do today?”

We call them broke. 

Why? Because a busy man or woman, who's hired you and told you their goals and allowed you to assess them based on health & activity history, movement screens, expects that you have the plan. They expect that you know what they need based on the problem they wanted solved when they hired you. 

Most people don’t hire a trainer because they’re 100% in love with their health, fitness or performance. On one or more levels they want change. You’re the guide. 

“What do you want to do today?” 

Throws us all under the bus a little. The entire fitness industry just suffered a little. Because now, not just that one trainer, but “I had a trainer and she ….” Becomes all too easily, “trainers are hit and miss… some are good, or good at telling me form but others are not worth the investment.” 

So, you are doing or are going to do the opposite. 

First, because you’ve got a plan, a system or a method that outlines what they need to be doing and you can easily determine, what parts of that do they know, what do they need to learn from you or what movements do they need to review. 

Review Your System if You Can’t Get New Clients

One of the best ways to make it easy for people to say yes to working with you is to make it easy to get results with you. It’s clear what happens first, and next, and after that. Three steps. 5 steps. Recently I spoke with a woman who has 11 steps. I said too many, how can these be grouped into fewer categories? I’m not asking you if you’re listening to eliminate the steps you think are crucial but do they fall into what feels like a shorter process? 

You want to tell people how they work with you in 3 or 4 steps. If you are a nutritionist, do they eliminate foods, add supplements, reintroduce foods? Do they Eliminate, Add and Try… that’s an E.A.T. system. And that’s what you’re looking for… a name and a process both. 

So, what about you? What’s your process? Write it down. Play with the words. 

I, for instance, use a 4-part L.I.F.T. method with business growth for trainers and health coaches. We leverage what is unique about them, define how they Influence others and create a strategy, Feed ideal clients into their world and Trade Time for smarter ways to scale so they can enjoy the life and freedom they want. 

Second, you’ve got an accountability check in before sessions, so you know exactly what status a client is showing up in. Did they do the recommended workouts and activity since seeing you last? You ideally already know that from their check ins or their prep form. You’re not learning this in the first 5 minutes of a session. 

You’ve Got Training Clients, Why Aren’t They Getting Results?  

A client who doesn’t comply with a reasonable plan, isn’t your fault. It’s theirs. It may take a modification from the original plan (and the goal) but a progressive training relationship shows change over time. 

If a client buys a 6-month package or a 6-session package, there should be a discussion about desired outcomes. What are measures of success? What if those aren’t achieved? What will be the reason? That’s an excellent question to ask on an intake form. You want to have the individual reflect on what they’re willing to commit to in order to get results. 

The biggest message to you listening is that there is plenty of opportunity for conscientious trainers and health coaches. Even in what appears at first glance to be saturated. The only place it’s saturated is on social media. You don’t even want to compete with social media. You want to compete on the client-getting side of things. You get them, you keep them. 

Pretty social media doesn’t perform as well as dirty and real. Have you noticed? We’re paying more social media support people and many of the individuals doing this… are still not gaining traction and growing their clientele. Measure what matters.

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

4 Keys to Get More Sales: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/get-more-sales/

7 Simple Sales Strategies for Health & Fitness Pros: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/simple-sales-strategies/

Resources: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/wellness-coaching-for-life/ Decide if we’re a fit .. to work in any capacity  or  brainstorm on the spot or review your social media presence. You can choose… or let me based on where you are. You can work on your business OR your personal hormone balancing fitness. 

 

 

Direct download: FMM_Cant_Get_Clients_Episode_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

No matter what’s going on with the economy you can get more sales.

How are you going to get more sales during a time it may be harder or purse strings tighter? Is there or is there not going to be a recession? 

It’s almost the 1st of the month as I record this and last night I was reminded that I had to get something ordered because the "special" was almost over.  Not only did I order, I ordered 2 because it was a while they last, this is flying off the shelves, message. I ordered subscribe and save too because that means I get priority. I’d seen this thing and wanted to think about it. Because it said it was amazing but I was thinking about whether this was different from other products I’d tried. I ordered from a fellow golfmom friend I’d met years ago when our sons were on the same college golf team. I knew her as an accountant, so it took a minute for me to grasp she could now be a skin care consultant. But I’d been watching her posts for a couple years. She was having lots of success. So it was either a really good product, she was really good at customer care or both. And I just like her. 

How to Get More Sales in a Recession

If everyone is talking about a recession, I say, Good! Let them talk. Do you know why? Because during recessions people have committed to the things that are most important. If stress is higher, the need for what we do is greater. A recession post pandemic will mean a growth of wealth for some. For the ones that don’t allow their mindset to think that this is hard, no one is spending money, it’s not true.

You may not be creating the right solution. You may not be targeting the right customer. But there is an abundant set of people in need of what you’re doing, seeking support. 

So, this episode is a quick reminder of some of the basics of selling so you can get more sales and do it with integrity. 

From least to most important, so stay with me to the end! These are 

Get More Sales with These 4 Key Components

Urgency 

            limited time

            ends … 

            bonuses go away 

            price goes up

Scarcity

            -limited number

            -when they’re gone they’re gone 

Specificity 

            solves a specific problem 

            for the individual (not their spouse, daughter) 

Context 

            relative to where they are in their relationship with you

            relative to where they are in their awareness of problem 

You’d include these on a opt in, a sales page, an email, and a post. 

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Professionals Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

Marketing to Women: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Sell More Corporate Packages: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/sell-more-corporate-wellness/

Selling for Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/present-your-fee/

 

Direct download: FMM_get_more_sales_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

We all want simple sales strategies to make it easy and quick to make sales and get clients and the truth is, it can be! There are a few things clear to us here behind She Means Fitness Business that get in the way. First, not knowing exactly what you want and need to happen for success this week, this month, or this specific launch promotion… you can’t get there. Do you have a sales goal? 

 

For instance, I have a spreadsheet for every monthly sales record since 2018. I look at it every month. I also look at it and dig into it every October or early November. I look at not just the numbers but dig into what sold, what didn’t, where did I spent my time and energy and what should I potentially stop doing or start to work less and have it reap better benefits.

 

Working More Isn’t a Sales Strategy
None of us should be breaking ourselves or breaking down to fix what’s broken in the world, right? (credit to Donald Miller on that!) But those of us who are driven often do. I’m all for hard work. And yet you have to realize when you’re in a season of hard work or a week or month and when you’re just doing something terrible to yourself that isn’t working or going to change.

I’ve studied with some great leaders, and Michael Bernoff is one who really nails the fact that if we don’t set out to build the kind of business and lifestyle we want, 5 years from now you’ll still be doing the same kind of business you’re doing today. If you’re not making enough money now, you won’t then either. If you’re working all the time, you will then too. Let’s both hope it’s not both! Solo entrepreneurs can do that too easily. You are not alone. Find your tribe and get support for you… and your business. 

So, with this mindset that we can do it, there is a clear need and confusion we can help stop, let’s dive into this episode.

7 Simple Sales Strategies – Adopt them right now!

-       Launching expectations and Launching realities 

  • You have to have a goal. How many, how much, what percent of upsells is your goal, and what is made? How many tickets about it? How many refunds? Set the goal, then break down the launch after with anyone on your team involved. 

-       Shifting your selling mindset 

  • You have to ask for a sale to get a yes. 
  • You have a solution to a problem your customer knows they have, then you have a responsibility to share how it helps and let them know how to get started. 

-       Selling the transformation instead of the features 

  • When asked how they solve the problem …. Many trainers.. many health coaches.. strength training programs when The problem REALLY …. Belief they can do it, that they won’t get hurt this time, that it will work for them….

-   Persuasive words for the personality type (copywriting skills in case you don’t know these) 

-       Being okay with getting a no (expecting you will not always get yes)  

  • Not every product or service is right for everyone.
  • Now isn’t the right time for everyone 
  • No is not personal
  • No can be researched and open a door 

-       Showcasing how well someone will do with this and what could happen if they don’t.

  •  It’s not about your benefits
  •  It’s not about 27 different workouts or 14 different coaching sessions: how will life be different? 
  • What is the risk/cost if they don’t do it? 

-       Everyday Actions: 

  •  Go live (what do they need right now?) 
  •  Send personal videos  (I use Bombbomb)
  • Send messages (text from your CRM or personally)

 

Resources: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course



Other Episodes You Might Like: 

4 Ways Dating Advice Will Boost Marketing for Health & Fitness Pros: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/marketing-for-health/

Fitness Marketing Hacks: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-marketing-hacks/

 

Direct download: FMM-_Simple_sales_strategies_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

In this behind-the-scenes quick episode with Dr Terri DeNeui we discuss what trainers need to know about hormone replacement therapy. We open up about how to recognize a woman is in menopause, and how you can help be a part of a collective team supporting her. You spend more time than any professional with your clients so optimizing your value is all tied up in this episode. 

If you’re not yet a Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist, on your way to increasing your clients, your revenue, and your freedom, we’ll link to that in the show notes too.

My Guest:

Terri DeNeui, DNP, ACNP, APRN-BC is the founder of EVEXIAS Health Solutions and creator of the EvexiPEL method. She leads the EVEXIAS Medical Advisory Board, hand-selecting leading experts from around the globe to support the education and knowledge resources that provide the opportunity to experience a whole new way to practice medicine that is truly transformational for patients and practitioners.

Dr. Terri DeNeui is a board-certified nurse practitioner, nationally renowned speaker, author, and entrepreneur. She holds advanced certifications in Hormone Replacement Therapy, Preventive Wellness Medicine, and Functional Medicine.

Her career in medicine began as a hospitalist in emergency medicine, where Dr. DeNeui quickly realized that day in and day out, the focus was on disease management instead of disease prevention. She felt saddened and frustrated—she wanted to do more for patient care and for that, she had to know more.

This was the catalyst for what has become her life’s work. She began to pursue extensive education in hormone optimization, integrative health, preventive care, and alternative medicine.

Dr. DeNeui founded Hormonal Health & Wellness in Southlake, Texas (now EVEXIAS Medical Centers) in 2008 as the first step in her new pursuit. In her practice, Dr. DeNeui strives to help men and women find optimal health.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • How can health coaches and Menopause Fitness Specialists support their clients and suggest best questions to ask when seeking a functional doctor? 
  • What is the symptom you most commonly hear about first? 
  • How can trainers and health coaches support women with regard to finding the right resources in physicians?

Resources:

Fitness and Health Coaches Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Other Episodes You May Like:

3 Ways to Coach Menopause Clients Out of Mistakes: 
https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/coach-menopause-clients/

What Women Need to Know about Hormone Replacement Therapy: https://www.flippingfifty.com/what-to-know-about-hrt/


Celebrate the small stuff! We get so caught up in comparison mode and go, go, go… do more and mission impossible… that it’s crazy we miss all we’ve done. 

You’ve battled cancer and won. Hello... You know who you are! You’ve done a fitness competition at 70, you know who you are too. You’ve launched a podcast, started a new company, and donated to charity. 

And then there are the other things you may be overlooking so I want to share a few. But I also am calling on you, even if your hand isn’t up! Share something you know you should be celebrating but you’ve underwritten it, passed over it.

Some Small Work Wins:

  • Rocking a presentation
  • Creating branding that really feels like “you”
  • Getting your inbox to “0”
  • Reaching out to those business accelerators
  • Updating your vita or resume
  • Gathering all the “as seen in” content you have
  • Taking time to “set” the day
  • Defining the lifestyle you want unapologetically
  • Following up consistently
  • Getting “no” every day for a week
  • Hiring support
  • Delegating and letting go
  • Firing the wrong person for the job
  • Investing in a coach to accelerate progress
  • Sent the email for your beta program
  • Created an email funnel for your course
  • Reviewed your product modules
  • Took time off work

Not all of these will fit you. You’re in a unique place in your business but I guarantee you that at least 50% of them are things you are not stopping to acknowledge. It’s those who pass by them and think that this feels like giving M&M s for pooping or graduation ceremonies for kindergarten or ribbons for every participant is just too much, that end up hating work, burning out, and burning out everyone around them.

You know how I first realized I needed to do this and how much it matters? When a colleague of mine acknowledged an email once. (he’s done it more than once) The first time he said something about an email that contained a story and that resonated with a lot of my listeners in a big way, I realized I didn’t even give myself credit for it. It happened again when I did a half marathon with a client to support her when it wasn’t convenient, was purely for her, it wasn’t my race.

Resources:

Fitness and Health Coaches Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Boost Productivity and Creativity for Your Clients: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/boost-productivity-and-creativity/

12 Content Ideas for Fitness & Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/content-ideas/

Grow Your Fitness Business in 2023 | Personal Trainers and Health Coaches: 
https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-business-in-2023/

Direct download: FMM-_Small_Work_Wins_for_Your_Health___Fitness_Business_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Shocked? Employee wellness for fitness centers probably sounds like a crazy unnecessary thing at first pass!

 

In a recent episode, I shared how to sell more corporate wellness and this podcast is really a spin-off of that but something that may make this episode targeted at gyms and studios. 

 

I’ve witnessed this for decades in fitness centers and studios as personal training became a full-time position, and sometimes more. Trainers starting early, ending late, and tired or hungry often begin taking less and less care of themselves. They’re no longer exercising regularly, they’re sleep deprived and they begin to feel a little angry about the situation they’re in.

 

What can too often happen is feelings of resentment and blame is laid on the employer for taking advantage of them. 

 

If you’re a trainer attempting to make a full-time living paying bills, saving money, and enjoying life on a personal trainer’s salary, you may know this feeling. All trainer compensation is not the same. You can work smart with groups and find other ways to increase your revenue without increasing your time. 

Employee Wellness for Fitness Centers

The pandemic stirred things up. They haven’t all settled back into the same spots and they aren’t likely to do so. It’s too easy to quit and get hired by another gym. A trainer or coach can create a digital business with a single email. 

 

To receive the best service for customers, gyms and studios need to be the best. The best are not just compensation, in fact a lower pay with a better work environment may be better. What can you give them? 

 

Trainers and coaches who work for a gym will spend a lot of time with your customers but not a lot of time with you. Am I right? Notoriously, this is how it’s been. So, it’s both trusting and naive to think that they aren’t talking to customers about things that you as a business owner would prefer they not. 

 

Unhappy about work conditions they:

  • Tell customers what’s happening from their one-sided perspective
  • Share information about possibly leaving
  • Discuss their personal lives with clients 

When you create happy employees that enjoy each other’s company, they stay. They enjoy work and don’t mind meetings. They’re loyal and speak of the business this way too. 

Trainers and coaches work independently for a significant amount of time. The reality is that they are around people a lot and potentially lonely. You can make a difference for them. 

 

If you don’t, trainers are oversharing with clients, blurring boundaries between professionalism and personal friendship. Potentially they’ll also share the inner workings of the business practices that they don’t agree with and that’s not going to go well for your business. 

 

Employee Wellness 

No matter what side of the wellness triangle you’re on gym owner, or trainer who works in a gym setting, realize your fitness and wellness professionals need a wellness program too. 

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

 

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Sell More Corporate Wellness Packages: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/sell-more-corporate-wellness/

Is Passive Revenue Too Good to Be True? Affiliate Marketing: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/passive-revenue/

Selling for Coaches| How to Present Your Fee (Make an Offer) | Fitness & Health: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/present-your-fee/

 

Direct download: FMM-_employee_wellness_for_fitness_centers_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

What would it do for your business if you could sell more corporate wellness packages? And if one presentation could result in dozens or hundreds of new clients? 

 

Corporate clients generally mean higher sales within a shorter period of time. If you’re a gym owner you already have a list of corporate clients you’re trying to reach. But with more gyms competing for the same corporate clients, what makes yours stand out? This episode will provide some ideas so you can create presentations that don’t just talk about features like how many treadmills or classes you have a week. 

 

If you’re a solo entrepreneur, this market can still be something that works for you. While you’re building your program, and hopefully, taking some fast actions with private clients so you’re creating a profit margin from the start, you can open a whole new way to add revenue with corporate clients as a target. 



Selling Corporate Wellness: Appeal to How They Win If They Do It and How They Lose If They Don’t Get It  

 

How Do They Benefit: 

  • Greater productivity
  • Fewer errors
  • Greater job satisfaction
  • Greater loyalty 



Without Health, Team Members:

  • Customer care suffers.
  • Customers hear everything that goes wrong.
  • Customer service goes down when distracted or disgruntled employees don’t do their best.
  • Someone’s wife, mother, partner, daughter is hurt in the meantime. 

 

And don’t stop there. Everyone else will. 

 

Be able to share number of visits, progress, participation. Can you provide additional white glove service to a corporation’s employees who join? Can that include a special recipe guide, meal plan, training for a 5k or other adventure? 

 

A corporation wants to know how greater loyalty can be inspired by the expense they’ll have. Show them that instead of costing money and requiring someone’s time on their staff that you have things in place to help create cohesiveness among them. Host a few challenges where teams compete but team members are actually cheering each other on and dependent on one another’s success. 

 

Can you show the cost of losing an employee and recruiting, hiring and onboarding a new one? 

Show the stats on productivity.

 

Tell them how you’ll celebrate wins and give you the details about employee’s use, or progress (with permission) so they can see for themselves how their investment is paying off. 

 

Step-by-Step Selling to Corporations: 

  • Start a list of corporations in a spreadsheet
  • Include details about the contacts, when contacted, when to follow up
  • Find out how they prefer to be contacted. Call, email, text.
  • Make it your job to learn more about the decision-maker and budget
  • Put together a variety of packages: special offers to employees, bonuses within a time frame, the corporation pays the partial amount, and employee covers the rest
  • Follow up, follow up. Invite in the decision-maker for a free trial
  • Book a presentation or series of them
  • Know how much time you have and don’t go over it



Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

 

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Selling for Coaches| How to Present Your Fee (Make an Offer) | Fitness & Health: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/present-your-fee/

Is Passive Revenue Too Good to Be True? Affiliate Marketing: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/passive-revenue/

Direct download: FMM-_sell_more_corporate_wellness_packages_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Do this every Monday and I’m not saying Mondays won't still follow Sunday scaries, but they will get better. 

 

There will always be something to pull you off the long view and into the short game. It feels like putting out fires sometimes. Until it doesn’t. You’ll have more and more times where you’re in flow and revenue is continuing to grow and your time demands are not. 

 

While you’re starting and growing you want to create a culture of doing it with the end in sight.  Even if it’s just you, if you do this every Monday things will go more smoothly for you and your team - or your eventual team. 

 

These are things we do every Monday. There are a few more that I’m adding only to the podcast so be sure you’re listening! 



Do This Every Monday  

  • Use an agenda 
  • Add follow-ups to a task with a deadline 
  • Discuss what’s on now/coming up
  • Ask for input 
  • Make it okay to make mistakes 

Connecting personally with everyone. 

Sharing a reminder about why and changes over the years. 

 

What else? Decide when you exercise and stick to it. Your personal health and fitness can’t suffer or your business will. The two hours prior to a meeting on Monday, I can’t be reached or if I am I’m on a trail or a walk. It’s what has to be if I’m going to draw boundaries about how business happens. There’s always going to be something to do. 



Organizing Monday and Everyday

We use a tool called Basecamp to dump the agenda in. It’s also where we create tasks so that from the agenda the tasks can be created by anyone on our team who is key in taking that task on for their own. I do a screenshare of the agenda as we’re going through it. Then we screen share anything else that helps solve a problem on the spot or talk more about a certain opportunity we’re focused on. 


It’s not just the flow of work. It’s the energy around the work and the team you pull together. By finding the right people, sharing the vision of what you’re doing, asking for input, and keeping an open conversation you’ll hate Mondays less.

 

Resources: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course



Other Episodes You Might Like: 

10 Ways You Can Operate Like a Team Without Hiring a Team: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/hiring-a-team/

Business Planning for Health & Fitness Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-planning/

Direct download: FMM_-_Do_this_every_Monday_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

If you haven’t wondered how to share a personal challenge with your community or clients, you probably will. Life is full of them and there’s one that’s bound to be one you keep to yourself for a while but that in fact maybe you can’t. It could be physical and impossible to hide if you’re on camera or in photos regularly. No matter what… 

 

There’s a right time and way, so this episode dives into how to share a personal challenge publicly. There are lots of reasons this might come up. You go through a breakup or divorce, especially if you’ve shared content that includes your family. You have a health issue. There’s a tragic death in the family. 

 

The Best Times to Share  

There are things to consider that may help you decide when to share if you have that luxury. (Remember you may not always if it is something physical). 

 

  • After you’re healed from the initial personal blow.
  • When you need to relay why you’ve been quiet or absent. 
  • It will help your audience members going through the same or offer prevention so they won’t have to. 

You may recall a recent podcast episode I shared early in 2023 after interviewing one of our Menopause Fitness Specialists, Amy. (Link to both the Flipping 50 and the She Means Fitness Business podcast in the show notes today)

 

Could Sharing a Personal Challenge Backfire?  

Sharing too much could blur your own personal and professional boundaries. It can be a challenge to make the distinction if you are the brand. Is your name in your brand for instance? Then it’s you, right? 

I chose carefully to have a Brand name that was saleable later. Though I’m the brand for now, it has a mission, a message, and a project that are all trademarked.

 

I know a friend who as recently as 2016 was struggling as a divorced, single mother who took her kids camping so she could Airbnb her home to make the mortgage and in 2023 is traveling the world and thriving. To tell her story, revealing her name would be wrong. It’s not my story to tell. It also may be a story she doesn’t tell for another decade because it may be too recent, and may change the way her audience feels about her. 

 

When I was living in a town of 50,000 and everyone knew me because I’d been a fitness professional in private gyms, churches, universities, and corporations, published a weekly column in the newspaper, hosted a radio show… I was very private. My personal life was my personal life and customers were customers. 

 

When I shared my personal story in my TEDx talk, it was years later, I was speaking collectively to the world, not to a small group of next-door neighbors. So context is something to consider. You’ll know when you consider how it will make you and your family feel. 



Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Being Healthy Enough to Beat Breast Cancer: A Trainer’s Story: https://www.flippingfifty.com/beat-breast-cancer/

How to Be Healthy Enough, Profitable and Successful Enough: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/successful-enough/

Resources: 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

My TEDx Talk: https://www.flippingfifty.com/TEDx/



Direct download: FMM_-_How_to_share_personal_story_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Whenever you’re looking at adding a product or service to your business or you want to know what your audience really wants so you can deliver, surveying your audience is a great way to do it. 

 

When you post on social media you can do it to connect, to attract, to research, and to sell once you’ve earned the right and then very infrequently. A survey for your audience falls under research. When you ask, you engage if you ask the right questions. 

 

Posting or sending surveys to your audience provides great insight to you but also allows your audience to feel seen and heard. 

 

Tools for Surveying Your Audience: 

  • Typeform 
  • Survey Monkey
  • Questions in Stories 
  • Posts in Insta or FB  

 

There is an art to writing questions. As a Senior Lecturer in Kinesiology, I recall writing those first exams, after kicking the pre-empted text-generated questions to the curb. It was painful. 

 

Then over at the testing center when we literally had to walk the bubble sheets over to get results back, there were reams of 8 ½ x 11 sheets of paper lining the walls with articles on how to write better test questions. 

 

Going to work for ACE (American Council on Exercise) as a Subject Matter Expert to write items for the Personal Trainer, Medical Exercise Specialist, and Health Coach certifications, there was always a short course refresher for us on writing the exam questions. 

 

Though you’re not writing for a nationally accredited certification or something that is going to make or break a college degree, you want to be sure you’re really asking a question that gets you the answer you want. 

 

How to Ask Questions: 

  • Multiple choice 
  • Ranking/rating 
  • Round up responses to a specific question 

Part of asking is also in WHO you ask. Realize there’s value in asking on social media, but even if you call them yours… they’re not. You have no idea of whether they have ever spent a dime with you or ever would. So don’t put a lot of stock into what you ask or get too detailed… they’ll be over it. 

 

Survey Your Audience with the Right Questions

Sample questions you might ask: 

  • Rank the following in order of importance: 
  • Rate the quality of the [feature] 
  • How important was __________ to your decision to purchase this product? 
  • Which of these is the most important to you right now? (pick 3) 



When you survey your email subscribers be sure you weigh the responses of your buyers heavier than that of those who have never purchased anything from you. This kind of segmenting is possible with any CRM (customer relationship management) tool you use. 

 

Just a word about CRMs.I have used several to assist start up trainers, gyms and in rolling through growth myself so if you have questions on: 

  • Aweber
  • Constant Contact
  • MailChimp 
  • Infusionsoft 
  • Or a custom email provider 

I can help you. I’ve used them all and I’ve looked at others. 

 

There are dozens more that you may be interested in. What you do want to know is that you have something that plays well with others. That is, you can integrate with your shopping cart, your website, and potentially plugins that help you automate so many things in your business so that you can focus on your personal magic. 

 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

2 Goals of Every Communication (Sale or No Sale) that Boost Success: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/every-communication/

5 Hacks to Reduce Fitness Marketing Time Without Losing Traction: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/reduce-fitness-marketing-time/

Develop & Define Your Brand Voice | Fitness Marketing Made Easy: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/define-your-brand-voice/

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

The Flipping 50 Cafe:https://www.flippingfifty.com/cafe

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

Direct download: FMM-_Surveying_your_audience_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

If you don’t define your brand voice, someone else will. 

 

In this episode I’m going to share a fundamental of distinguishing yourself from others. This is how you stand out instead of blending in. It’s how you overcome the hurdle that one recent trainer said to me, “There are so many of us.” 

 

Spoiler alert: There’s only one you. When you define your brand voice so that you know it, that’s when others will recognize it too. 

 

Working for years in gyms and university exercise clinics, what I know and used to tell fitness instructors, trainers and gym owners is your brand is what they say about you in the locker room. 

 

It may not be the one you want, but that is definitely your current brand. Is there anything that you want said? What is being said? If you asked 15 people who follow you… how would they describe you? 

 

If I think of some of the influencers I watch on social, here’s how I would briefly describe them to someone else: (not by name)

 

That beautiful and sexy midlife fitness woman from Mexico, definitely using her body showing herself in revealing poses that display strength and a lot of skin to promote and draw attention. Behind the scenes, independent, and a little aloof, you never see her educating, communicating with her audience, or creating collaboration with others. 

 

That exerciser-turned-fitness influencer/trainer who shoots a lot of videos in her car relates to women in midlife, and portrays a real how-to approach. 

 

The retired high school counselor turned fitness coach who’s got a bit of a Jersey accent, straight-forward, sharing the same message consistently on repeat. 

 

Who Do You Follow and How Do You Describe Their Brand Voice?

 

Others I follow, and potentially you do too: 

 

Dr. Mark Hyman - always a health-related message about fitness and longevity, revealing what are basics, but not to all people, serving as reminders, not offensive but firm 

Chalene Johnson - a whistle-blower, sharing her personal journey and making it real for other women in midlife going through similar things in several areas. 

 

BettyRocker - she has always been more than anything an advocate for her followers, she’s clear about not being their hero, not motivating them, but having them be their own hero and inspiration. She gives them the tools to value themselves. 

 

Dave Aspry  - Bulletproof Coffee founder is a biohacker and has been and will always be. He calls BS on “health” practices that are harmful, new practices that are not yet mainstream and adopted by many. He’s not looking to be handsome or in style, he’s just who he is sharing why he’s doing things and how you too can improve your health and not fall for tricks leading to worse health. 

 

Can you think of others? Food Babe, Ben Greenfeild… clearly defined brand voices. 

 

You can hear brand voices as you listen to the radio. Commercials for cars, and ice cream - two of which have me changing the station faster than you can imagine - have a clear brand voice for a reason. They stick in your head. They may not be meant to be loved. They’re meant to be remembered. It’s not the same as a jingle, but it’s a similar concept. 

 

You go to that car salesman and you know they are ready to do business, you’re going to get a deal. This is not where you’re going for your luxury drive. You want have something special when the grandkids are coming over, you may reach for the brand of ice cream that made you think of warm-fuzzy family memories. 



When you define your brand voice, you have the thumbprint that is yours and yours alone. 

 

You may have soundbites but they’re not rehearsed. (They’re natural!)

You may use quotes, but you attribute them not borrow as your own. 

You don’t just become interesting, you are interested … interested in using your voice to go against anything you stand against and toward everything you stand for. 

 

Where You Use Your Brand Voice 

 

You’ll need it in writing and speaking and once you find it there won’t be any mistake about who you are, what you stand for, what you stand against, and every message will be congruent. 

 

It doesn’t matter if we’re talking about writing or speaking, finding your voice takes time. 

 

You may be 50 and just beginning to develop a brand of your own, and still be searching for your unique voice. 

 

Who has a voice that you respect? 

 

  • Oprah
  • Dolly Parton 
  • Jane Fonda 

 

Think about each of their messages and also the way they deliver it. They’re uniquely different. They represent different causes and yet each has a unique appeal. Don’t confuse celebrity with voice. They may have reached celebrity status in part because of their voice. 

 

They didn’t do it by becoming one of the pack. They have had ups and downs and yet each maintained the same voice. So it isn’t about rising to the top, getting or even staying at the top. Having a voice is something you develop, fine-tune, and you get known for. 

 

How To and Not to Develop a Brand Voice

 

It’s not a topic that creates a brand voice. It’s not a niche. It’s what you stand for and what you don’t. It’s what you talk about (and how) and what you don’t. 

 

Take Action! Answer these questions to define your brand voice. But once you do, ask your team members to each do the same. You can have them show you or not. But then reveal to them exactly what you’ve written and why and review it with them. (You’re not trying to “grade” them so reviewing their answers is not necessary and might backfire them. It’s enough for them to understand how they can be aware of when they are on or off-brand). 

 

  • What does your brand stand for: 

  • What do you stand against: 

  • What does your brand talk about: 

  • What does your brand never talk about: 

  • What tone of voice does your brand use:

  • What words does your brand use: 

  • What are examples of words you’d never use:

  • How do you want people who interact with your brand to feel:

 

The Impact If You Define Your Brand Voice 

Your emails sound like they’re from you even if you don’t write them.  

You will attract more ideal customers and have fewer unsubscribes and unfollows. 

Your posts sound like your freebie and that sounds like your emails and everything is a congruent journey. 

 

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Social Media for Fitness Professionals: More Results Less Time: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/social-media-for-fitness-professionals/

Is Passive Revenue Too Good to Be True? Affiliate Marketing: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/passive-revenue/

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

How to Create an Irresistible Freebie: https://www.flippingfifty.com/irresistible-freebie-how-to/  

Earn as a Flipping 50 Affiliate: https://www.flippingfifty.com/affiliate-program-join/


See it, believe it, do it. 

Was that Wayne Dyer who said that? 

Well, today it’s often Joe Dispenza saying it based on science. 

Whether you keep replaying things you don’t want to happen, things that you wish were different, things you wish you had done differently OR you think about the future and wonder what is possible, OR you vision what you want and you act AS IF… you will be right.

Based on the proven science (I’ll link to Joe Dispenza’s work) that your brain does not know the difference between an intention tied to a strong emotion and an actual situation happening, you can create and attract exactly what you want.

To illustrate this, consider it for yourself. Are you thinking about needing to make more money, feeling like your business is not as successful as you want it to be? Are you thinking about your own weight gain in menopause, your belly fat, or your feelings of inadequacy in some way or another? 

Do you think about having to work hard all the time to get what you want? Do you think about having to play a role in your family that prevents you from being as successful as you want? Do you think about being limited with opportunities in your current situation? 

  • And what is true of your current revenue and business? 
  • Does it match? 
  • Which came first? 

 

Write your future self a letter. 

Write your future customers, members, or students a letter. 

 

My Letter to Members:

I’ll share a note I recently wrote to my Flipping 50 membership legacy group. That’s those that have been members 3 or more years, and a considerable amount since 2016 when I first opened. 

This was following an outreach specifically to them. I realized in writing it, I’ve been lucky. I’ll share why after I read it. 

Exactly 10 Years ago from a house on UTAH DRIVE in Ames, Iowa at this time I was about to pay the first check to the university my son would begin in August. I had virtually no revenue. I'd quit everything in January to go 100% in. The regular paychecks stopped coming 3 months later after training my replacements... I was in front of my computer 14-16 hours a day learning, building, and feeling VERY much like a beginner after 30 years of establishing expertise. I hadn't done it online.

I had no idea I would be where we are today, having the privilege to meet and work with so many women who INFLUENCE so many lives ... and the health of others. 

I am grateful for you. You were first... and you are still here.

 

I Failed the Future Fitness and Health Coaching Success Strategy!! 

 

Why did I fail? A couple of key statements there!! 

 

“I had no idea I would be where we are today”  is one clue! 

 

I didn’t have a specific vision. Not one I was invested in. About 2015 I attended a conference and considered joining my first mastermind… that scared me to death! It was a huge investment. (By the way, since then I’ve invested over $160,000 in various masterminds alone. That’s not including conferences, retreats, programs, and work to surround myself with people who are doing what I want to be next but am not yet. 

 

Now, it worked out. And there are some who would say, when you jump - and I did - the net will appear. 

 

That’s for those of you who are still playing it safe. No judgment if you LIKE right where you are. But if you’re clinging to your full-time, regular paycheck and benefits thinking you’ll never get there with your own business, it will be absolutely true. 

 

Playing it safe isn’t what entrepreneurs do. You can, however, be a wonderful and valuable coach. Just be sure that you are very comfortable with yourself… no use of the word “JUST” in reference to what you’re doing. Modify your language so you reflect exactly why you do what you do and exactly what success looks like to you!! We women tend to belittle ourselves. 

 

I just want you to be honest. 

 

Do you really want what you have… or do you want more, something different? 

 

Go get it if you do!!

 

Combine Room for MORE with a Vision

 

I may have mentioned this, my son is going to start his own business. That’s a risk. I’m excited for him. I’m not nervous for him in terms of success. Maybe in terms of stress and challenges and personal growth that occurs when you go all in, but that’s also a part of the excitement. He could settle for working the way he’s working…. Or he can take a risk and have potential that is based solely on what he can create. When I brought this up 6 years ago, he resisted. A lot. When I first brought him to a conference for entrepreneurs, he lasted half the day. By lunch, I’d lost him. So as a mom, I’m not going to say I told you so, but hey, I told you so! 

 

Do create a vision. Most usually we need to 10x that vision. Someone else said they started wanting to help 1 million people. Then they did, so they had to raise it to 3…  But that didn’t quite excite me. 

 

So I never did it. Nothing with emotion behind it at least. And if you have an empty affirmation or “goal” … without an emotion so strong that you get tears in your eyes… I have witnessed, it won’t work. 

 

Use both goals/intentions AND room for more. This or better is such a good phrase. Set an intention in a wise way. 

 

I will make more than ….. 

I will enjoy at least # days off a month … while making …… or more 

I will only work ….. Hours a day and make ….. Or more 

 

I will help …. # people and in do it working ….. Hours a week … making …. 

 

You don’t limit yourself with these. You create an opportunity for what you want and can envision and… so much more! 

 

If you have a goal and intention, make it BIGGER. 

 

BUT.. you need to have a strong emotion around it! 

 

My son not too long ago gave me one. Knowing that he saw me like that was possibly one of the greatest gifts he will ever give me. 

 

Your Future Fitness and Health Coaching Success Action Items:

  • Write yourself a letter as if it’s 10 years from now
  • Write your members and students a letter as if it’s 10 years from now. 



Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

Sunlighten Saunas: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sauna

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

A New Fitness Business Model for Your Virtual Fitness Business:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/virtual-fitness-business/

Social Media for Fitness Professionals: More Results Less Time: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/social-media-for-fitness-professionals/

 

Direct download: FMM_-_podcast_future_fitness_and_health_coaching_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Injury risk is still a fear for many older adults. They already feel vulnerable, aches and pains due to diet or lifestyle more than aging itself. Have you ever considered injury risk could be your niche? 

That there are enough adults who fear injury risk or who’ve been injured that you could develop an entire - profitable and sustainable business - on that very demographic? 

 

About My Guest:

Are you aware that 87% of all exercisers get injured while exercising? 

That alone may scare you from wanting to train clients. Or maybe you believe that you create exercise without risk. My guest Robbie Stahl is also The Fitness Doctor. 

When you listen to his confident bio you’ll understand the difference between passion and conviction, going all in on what you do and know and how you help, unapologetically. You’ll hear Robbie’s full bio at the podcast I’ll link to and for our behind the curtain interview with Robbie here, we’ll share Robbie’s story after 20 years of training and extensive research and experimentation he mastered the science of healing and bulletproofing the body through the power of exercise. 

One of Robbie’s claim to fame is a 100% success rate for fixing shoulder function in his clients who were told surgery was the only answer. A rumor like that alone is enough to fill your personal training schedule. 

But Robbie started like anyone else, without clients, without education or certification. I’ll ask him how he got where he is now.

 

Questions We Answer in This Episode: 

  • How did injury risk or injury prevention become your focus? 
  • What mistakes did you make? 
  • Who else is a part of your team and operations? 
  • What advice would you give to the inexperienced you? 
  • You run a 5-day fix. What can trainers and health coaches learn from attending?

 

Connect for the Full Body Fix: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/fullbodyfix

Robbie On Social: 

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/fullbodyfixchallenge

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/tfitnessdoctor

 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Common Injuries After 40 (and How to Fix Common Injuries): 
 https://www.flippingfifty.com/how-to-fix-common-injuries/

20 Tips to More Midlife Fitness Clients Post Pandemic | #319: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/more-midlife-clients/

Resource: 

Sunlighten Saunas: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sauna

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Direct download: FMM-ROBBIE_STAHL_-_Edited_1.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Are you using lab tests for menopause clients to guide your exercise prescription? I hope so! If you’ve got some confusion, it’s time to get clear.

Listening to this, you very likely are a woman in midlife herself and may also still be new to menopause symptoms, treatment, and lifestyle options, so this episode will serve as an overview. 

 

Lab tests for menopause clients is something we go into more deeply so that you understand what’s out there, why Western labs don’t tell the whole story and the difference between norms and optimal levels are so very different. Our specialists have a better understanding of how to support clients as they work collaboratively with their practitioners about what to ask and why they may want to seek answers to questions tied to their ability to get results from exercise and dietary changes. 

 

More information on the Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist here. 

Let’s explore options, insights, and how the results can help you if clients already have them. 



Functional vs Western-Trained Lab Testing (root cause vs illness detection) 

What to do with your Western-trained doc 

What to do with a functional doc (because you may HAVE to and because only they’ve been trained to interpret)

Complete Blood Panel

Thyroid 

Micronutrients 

Cortisol saliva 

Stool test 

Dutch 



Lab Tests Menopause Clients May Want, When & Why : 

Complete Blood Panel if not in last year 

Inflammatory markers: A1C, CRP

Fasting Blood Glucose (still may not be conclusive) 

Saliva Cortisol 

Micronutrients 

Stool Testing 

Hormones and… 

Thyroid 

TPO

Antibodies (these can be a clue to Hashimoto’s Thyroiditis)

T3

T4

Reverse T3

Not all Functional Docs need or favor Dutch (blood tests can also pinpoint for you)

Estrogen (3) 

Progesterone 

Testosterone 

DHEA

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Menopause Fitness Specialist Program:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/menopause-fitness-specialist/

My Lab for Self-Directed Labs: YourLabwork.com/flipping-50 Use Code: Flipping50 for $25 off your first order 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Using Lab Tests and Nutrition Coaching to Get Better Outcomes, Legally: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/using-lab-tests-nutrition-coaching/

3 Reasons (and fixes) Your Female Fitness Client Isn’t Getting Results:

 https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/female-fitness-client/

Direct download: FMM_-_Recommending_lab_tests_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

It happens to everyone. Sales stink sometimes. You haven’t gotten traction yet, your message isn’t resonating, or you haven’t found your deep niche. Or you have, and the economy changed, the market made what used to work ineffective (take gym memberships for the biggest example in the history of gyms). But it can also be that you took a risk and tried something and it did not work.

 

Good for you! Celebrate! Taking a risk is a big deal. 

 

This episode is all about …

 

How to Pivot When Sales Stink 

 

So let’s just do one thing first, and that talks about when and why it will happen if you’re going to grow and scale a business! 

 

In order to grow you will go backward sometimes. There are so many instances of this. 

You’ll hire contractors or employees for the first time and gulp, realize your monthly expenses have gone way up… but your revenue has not gone up immediately. Long-term is that necessary? Yes, it absolutely is! 

 

If you begin selling some products…. A journal, supplements, merchandise of any kind and you have to buy the inventory first, then pay to have it distributed when your customer purchases, there’s a somewhat hefty bill you’re going to have to pay ahead of the actual revenue which ideally includes a profit margin but it’s a one step forward two steps back game for a while. 

 

Let’s dive in … with no special intro… let me ask: 

 

What do you think would motivate someone to take a first step with you? 

 

How well you answer that question will tell me if you can find out something very important: do you know your customer’s motivation? 

 

Notice I didn’t say your motivation level. But instead, something very different, it’s their motive. What moves them to do something different, reach for different content or information? 

 

What was YOUR motive for listening to this episode? What did you hope or think you would get out of it? Did you listen just because it was up next and you listen to them as they come out? Or did you return to this one, skip ahead to this one, or have it pop up when you were searching for answers? 

 

Now, potentially, I know your motive for making a decision at the end of this conversation. Do you understand? 

 

If you want more sales, you may be perfect for the Marketing to Women Copywriting course.

Or you may find that you’re here knowing I build my business from 0 to 6-figure months in about 4 years and you want to know more about working with midlife women and getting them results. 

 

Next, What do you do? 

 

How you answer that question may tell us a lot about why sales stink.
Is what you say something anyone can say? Is it what a lot of coaches or trainers with the same qualifications as you say? 


Then you’re not getting anyone’s interest. And you have to have it. 

 

If no one is really finding you interesting such that they have interest in learning more… a sale isn’t too likely. 

 

Do You Surprise Them? 

Michael Bernoff would call this intrigue. Interest of course we discussed. But intrigue is when you go a little further. 

 

Let me give you an analogy. Or two.

First, when you want to get media experience and you’re green reaching out to people, fitness pros often reach out with I have this degree, that degree, am an elite so and so… and no one cares. 

A producer wants ratings. A producer wants to know you understand that an audience loving your content gets ratings up. When audiences tune in more often due to great content and because you share you’re going to be on, were on - these things matter. It’s not about you talking about “your passion.” 

 

It’s not about a potential podcast guest reaching out to me saying So and So’s book xxx is coming out and they’d love to talk about it on your show. 

 

That’s lovely for them. That’s them winning from exposure on my real estate with my audience. But what’s in it for my audience? 

 

“The mistake people often make is that I do this because I’m passionate about fitness and love to exercise. The truth is, I love seeing clients get results and change their entire lives because of starting with a few simple lifestyle changes we make step-by-step.” 

 

What just happened there? 

First of all, if that’s not you, you may not be in the right place. Because I’ve heard thousands of college students, personal trainers, and fitness instructors tell me “this is my passion.” And what they mean is they love working out, looking good, and to some extent showing off. When some trainers are injured or struggling with menopause themselves, they’re no longer as excited about their passion. 

 

It can’t be about you. It can’t be about selling. 

 

It has to be about helping someone get what they want instead of settling for what they have. 

(Michael Berhnoff states this too regularly - I have to give due credit) 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

To summarize: 

Do you intrigue? Surprise them? And know exactly what motivates them? 

 

If you don’t, sales will continue to be a struggle and customers who do start may not feel taken care of. 

When you turn this around though, you will love what you do, not feel like you’re selling, and bring more clients into your programs. 

 

This may feel like it’s not an immediate fix. It can be. If you change the way you speak and what you say, every meeting, every email you send, and every post… targets and communicates more clearly why you are different and you are the solution to their problem.

When you ask… and you listen better… you tap into how your customer is making decisions. If you don’t know that, you can’t get a sale. No matter how much what you have can help someone…you have to know what motivates them to a yes. 

 

Using the right science, the right words about your step-by-step, and how you uniquely approach menopause fitness based on proven methods strengthens your sales so that you can strengthen clients’ health and your business. 

 

Miss our recent open enrollment period? Reach our support team at support@flippingfifty.com 



Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Menopause Fitness Specialist Program:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/menopause-fitness-specialist/
Sunlighten Saunas: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sauna

Other Episodes You Might Like:

6 More Ways to Increase Your Fitness Sales This Season #293: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/6-more-ways/

11 More Ways to Boost Personal Training Leads, Sales, and Revenue: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/11-ways-boost-personal-training-leads-sales-revenue/

Direct download: FMM_-_Sales_Stink_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

We all come up against this at some point. Then, later, we’ll come up against it again as long as we keep growing. This came up as a question on a female fitness business entrepreneurs panel I was part of at a recent conference. A young woman asked a question but let’s be clear, you could ask the same question in your 50s if you were new to fitness. Let’s say you’re a fitness pro and pitching a group of doctors or businessmen, do you think the same hasn’t happened before to women of any age? 

 

So no matter if you are young or older, or in fact, if this is helpful to a young woman in any industry, feel free to share it. We need to have each other’s backs and the way to do it is by sharing things you’ve already been through.

 

This too is the value of a coach or a mastermind so you can surround yourself in a safe place with people you can confide in and know they’ve been there or will have something to offer. 



In this episode on Being Taken Seriously at Work:

 

  • The real truth that may be the reason this bothers you
  • What this is and other ways it shows up
  • How to handle a gap between you and your customer (age, gender, experience level, economic or social circles) 
  • What to do to create authority with rapport 



Last Tip on Being Taken Seriously in Your Health & Fitness Coaching Job

I’ll leave you with this last thought regarding the feeling that you can’t get someone to take you seriously. Think about the people who don’t are the 20% who really matter that you can gain 80% of your business from or they are the 80% of people who are hard to deal with, hard to serve, the most needy and demanding, but least profitable and not committed to getting your help as much as you are to helping. 

 

Something I wish I knew sooner was that dropping so many of the things that kept me “busy” would have freed me up to work on the things that truly resulted in higher revenue with more ease. I spent a lot of years running from this to that. For too long fitness professionals were led to believe that’s how fitness worked. You should be doing 5 jobs. It was in fact what limited us all. Do we need part-time trainers in the industry? Yes, absolutely. But if a career is your objective, one that creates a sustainable life you love and a revenue that is consistent and either predictable or only limited by your ability to create it, you can’t play the game. A job done in tights, sneakers, or barefoot that changes lives is no less important than one done in a business suit. 

It’s just that too many fitness professionals believe that it is and tell you so, even making it sound glamorous because they get a little “hit” of dopamine every time they are wanted and featured as an instructor. Being asked to speak at conferences for free in exchange for the “prestige” and exposure? Really? Women in the fitness industry asking for this of other women (and men) are unrealistic and keeps this industry in the dark ages. 

 

The reality is trainers and instructors can spend as much time traveling between jobs as at jobs, turning the rate of pay into not that much more than minimum wage. The pandemic was a grateful game-changer for many, yet it was right there all along. 

 

As soon as you stop playing someone else’s game, you can start winning at your own. If there’s a problem enough customers have and you solve it, you have a business. 

 

Challenge yourself to look at problems from different angles, to ask and talk it out with someone who has been there. You will grow so much faster and feel so much lighter instead of carrying it around wishing, hoping, and then watching… as someone else does it first. 

 

We don’t see ourselves like others do and an outside voice will accelerate your growth. 

 

How to Take Your Business Seriously to the Next Level 

 

Take this Action: If an intimate group business-building coaching with like-minded women for an influx of paying customers sounds amazing consider this. Whether your dream is to sell high-ticket, high-touch or to sell a low-ticket app to many - if this sounds like a perfect fit for you, just let us know you’re interested. We’re putting together a small group and an intimate opportunity for female fitness & health coaches. Building your business from the first idea to the detailed leadership, products, marketing, sales, and financial blueprint so you AND your business can thrive is not an easy task. 

 

If you want to go fast, go alone; if you want to go far, go together. - African Proverb



I’m kicking off a 6-month training with a weekend adventure near the Grand Canyon. You’ll be a part of a challenging day of hiking, trusting, and getting to know each other in the midst of a weekend of training, business evaluation, and planning. No matter where you are - a dream and idea, or a plateaued business, to a new revenue stream or a complete business remodel you want - let us know. I’ll connect to learn more and find out if this group is right for you and let you know the details. Email support@flippingfifty.com and I’ll reach out to you personally. 

Our first cohort will occur fall of 2023. The second in spring 2024 with leadership opportunities for those in the first group. 

 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

 Five Fitness Speaking Steps That Makes Free Pay Off:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/five-fitness-speaking-steps-that-makes-free-pay-off/

Talk to Customers You Want Most | 5-Minute Marketing Tips:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/talk-to-customers/

 

Resources: 

Sunlighten Saunas: https://www.flippingfifty.com/sauna

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

 

Direct download: FMM_-_Take_You_Seriously_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Business partnerships and collaborations are great opportunities. 

“If you want to go fast, go alone. If you want to go far, go together.” – African Proverb

 

Got a business partner or thinking about it? There’s less risk, there’s more minds, more eyes… and there are more opinions about everything, so getting an agreement in place regarding the business venture you’re starting before you do it, or now if you’ve not done it, is a good idea.

Invest a little time and money into making it legal, making sure everyone signs and understands.

 

Whether you partner to host a podcast, or you partner in a full-fledged business, with your sister, your spouse, or friend, you want it in writing. Whether there’s two of you or 10 of you, how will you determine the role of the individuals involved? 

 

These are things you don’t want to leave to chance.

 

In this episode I’ll open with ideas about how you may already be partnering and not even realize it, options you may consider having a business partner for first in your business and give you a few things to consider before you get legal advice and invest in making it official. 

 

Think of this as your introduction into partnerships if you’re not doing them (but like I said, you may be and not realize it), or a great reminder to review what you have in place to keep partnerships running smoothly.

 

Considering a Business Partnership? 

One thing I would suggest is clear. It rang true for all the people I talked with whether they were in a business that was currently making money or that on the flip side, was hurting and not making money. Whenever there is money involved there is emotion. Someone can too easily feel taken advantage of. So, while you’re thinking about it, or in early stages and just beginning to look at how you monetize your podcast business partnership for example, it’s a very good time for all parties to consider “what if.” 

 

Honestly, this could have been the name or this episode. What if… This is a very good place to start. 

 

Business Partnerships and Collaborations | Amazing Health & Fitness Growth

I’m going to throw out a couple scenarios for you to consider here: 

If you have investors, someone who helped you with a startup, do they have any decision-making power? 

If so, what? How much? Who has the bottom-line veto power? 

 

Say someone approaches one of you and wants to do business with you but not your partner. They want you to do something on the side. Is there any agreement about partners ability to have a “side hustle” that is related to the same business? 

What if one of you feels strongly about hiring or firing someone? About the training methods and who is responsible for it? 

 

How do you split revenue? Is it down the middle after expenses? Or is it split differently based on tasks and responsibilities? 

 

Are you taking commission and paying yourselves a base salary commensurate with what you’d pay someone else doing the same tasks if you were to hire them? Or are you only taking distributions after expenses? 

 

That already is a lot. But let’s look at a situation where you and a partner might start a business that includes fitness programs, nutrition programs and social media posting and podcasting. The day-to-day decisions alone are numerous! Who posts? How often and when? How do you determine the posts? That’s a time-consuming task  right there, but if you not only do it, but you have to run it by a second party, there’s a lot of time involved times two. Or is one of you in charge? Or one of you in charge of overseeing your VA who is doing it for you and tracking and reporting the stats for partner decisions to be made at regular meetings. 

 

Other Fitness & Health Business Partnership Decisions

Then there are pricing decisions, branding decisions, cost of goods sold, services you hire for branding, photos, videography or editing. Or if one of you does this, is that paid hourly or on salary to do it, then again business profits are handled through distributions paid out to each of you in an even split? The platforms you use have a certain cost and as you grow there will be more of them. Who decides or does the research? Who monitors expenses like this? 

 

Someone has to be responsible for accounting, bookkeeping, monitoring P & L statements to know if this is really working and what parts of the business are working and which are not. 

 

Let’s look at one of the early business collabs you might do which is co-hosting a podcast. How fun, right? To host a podcast with a friend, what could be better? You get to have chats regularly and have twice the reach with your personal accounts plus your business account, and twice the people you meet and want to engage with. 

 

And then say, you start having people want to sponsor your show or have you promote them and all of a sudden you’re monetizing that podcast. Or you might start promoting affiliate products or services you love to your audience and that starts generating revenue. Is there a business account where that’s going? Is that revenue equally split? Is there any reason one of you will feel like you deserve more because you enlisted them, suggested it and created more of the promotions? 

 

What if one of you has a business that she monetizes – a weight loss coaching business. The other one doesn’t really have a coaching or fitness service but is the more journalistic and media personality behind you starting and getting in front of people. 

 

What if one of you is a doctor and the other a fitness professional? One of you sees patients and builds a business based on medical services. The other a fitness professional may refer to the doc and doc may refer to the fitness programs, but it isn’t clear exactly the benefit to each of you. What if the relationship dissolves? Who “owns the podcast” and the listenership and ability to market via social to the established list? 

 

Business Partnerships Next Steps: 

List all the partnerships you have now 

Consider ones you are thinking about 

Make a list of possible situations (responsibilities, exit strategy, decision-making, distributions) 

Ask your partner(s) to make a list too

Have a meeting (or a series of them) 

Have an agreement made up about the partnership and legal rights of each and how decisions, or board meetings, and reporting are handled. 

  

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Grow Your Fitness Business in 2023 | Personal Trainers and Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-business-in-2023/

A New Fitness Business Model for Your Virtual Fitness Business: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/virtual-fitness-business/

Resources:

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Menopause Fitness Specialist Program:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/menopause-fitness-specialist/

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

 

Direct download: FMM_-_Business_partnerships_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Your clients may choose to use HRT or avoid HRT... But I propose they could also abuse HRT. 

 

What to do in both cases… 

 

I’m going to cut right to the heart of the message. 
I want to get your attention. 

 

If I have it, keep reading and I’ll explain (and so will a podcast).

 

Muscle is an endocrine organ – Muscle is HRT for Women 40+

It is HRT. 

 

Still, reading? Good… let’s do this. 

 

Hormones and  Training 101 

 

Once a woman doesn’t have the same level of estrogen and progesterone she did, building muscle makes a big difference in the way she ages. 

 

Cortisol has an uptick when estrogen falls. That means, women no longer have the muscle-stimulating effects of estrogen AND they have the deleterious effects of cortisol breaking down their muscles further.

 

Loss of muscle means a gain of fat. By default, even if fat isn’t gained, the percentage of body fat goes up. But in minutes- or so it seems for many women – your metabolism slows (not because it must… but because she may have this first wake-up call that she hasn’t been eating enough protein, sleeping enough, or doing enough or the right kind of strength training. She will gain fat.

Even if her false golden idol scale says she hasn’t gained weight, she has changed her body composition such that she doesn’t have metabolically active tissue anymore. She will gain weight, and it will be 100% fat. 

Flipping50 Menopause Specialist: https://www.flippingfifty.com/specialist

 

She hasn’t thought about it like this.

Have you? 

 

Look… if you’re going to the trouble to understand what happened for you, what’s happening for her… by knowing signs and symptoms and offering all the tools that support her (Check out the Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist), then you must know how to talk to her about it. 

 

In a way she’ll listen. 

 

We hit on estrogen and progesterone levels. They play a big part in glucose regulation. A high percent of women become less insulin sensitive, or said otherwise- insulin resistant because they’re eating the same as they’ve always done, exercising the same as they’ve always exercised and it’s not going to work the same. More muscle acts like a bigger sponge for blood sugar. Then each time you move that muscle – in daily activities of life, in walking, and in intentional exercise, the muscle is acting like HRT for Women 40+. It’s not giving extra estrogen and progesterone, but it’s helping take up where estrogen left off and where insulin would have to take over, with its negative effects. (Progesterone, BTW, responds well to certain foods and making sure you’re not going too low on carbs too often is a big part of balancing this hormone). 

 

How Can Exercise Negatively Affect Hormones?

Women who revert to cardio, cardio, and cardio are also potentially elevating cortisol with endurance activity. More pronounced even if they’re already stressed, sleep deprived, or eating too little protein and carbs to fuel. This is at that moderate level they’ve been led to believe (even we as fitness professionals have been led to believe, is best). 

 

With less cardio and more strength training + low-level exercise, + anaerobic work (getting breathless) -when appropriate, a woman stands a chance at improving her life. 


Strength training and HIIT also have a positive (and not negative) effect on testosterone and growth hormone as well as cortisol. 

 

A woman not lifting is live choosing to avoid HRT. Overexercise is abusing it. 

 

Resistant Exercise as HRT for Women 40+ and Mood 

Then there’s mood. A recent study in the Journal of Physiology (Jan 2023) found that high intensity has a far greater effect on the BDNF factor in the brain. Studies in the recent past years (excluding the pandemic) showed high-intensity high-impact studies done on postmenopausal women to be not only effective in bone density benefits but also researchers discovered something. They said in the discussion that the participants liked the HIIT. Compliance and adherence rates were high, and the exercise had notable favorable effects on mood and sense of accomplishment. 

 

These are all related to serotonin, oxytocin, dopamine and of course endorphins. More muscle enables more motivation to do other activities that bring each of these as well. 

 

Weight training done correctly has a positive hormonal effect on HRT. No weight training, it’s another way your clients may abuse or avoid HRT. Whether you’re a coach or a trainer, or a combination, there is no other exercise that substitutes for the positive impact on hormones like a proper resistance training program. 

 

Overexercise has a negative impact. 

Chronic cardio has a negative impact. 

Your clients, you know those that overdo it, do it too frequently, don’t rest… are essentially taking double doses of their hormone shots, creams, or pills. No one would do that… but she doesn’t see that she is.

 

Without you. Are you ready to dig into the science and the way to deliver it with confidence you know how to help your menopause clients now and tomorrow when her status changes? Can you pivot? The Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist course is open and comes with 2 huge bonuses and a special rate for podcast listeners. DM me on IG or send a message to support@flippingfifty.com to get this $500 off and 10K in bonuses now! 

 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Muscle is an endocrine organ – Muscle is HRT for Women 40+: https://www.flippingfifty.com/hrt-for-women/

3 Ways to Coach Menopause Clients Out of Mistakes:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/coach-menopause-clients/



Direct download: FMM_-_Do_Your_Health_Coaching_Clients_Abuse_or_Avoid_HRT_-_Edited_1.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 9:00am MDT

Every communication you use in marketing has two goals (and you know me, I can’t help but add an extra so at the end I tell you the one more that would make the trilogy test of “is this a successful post, email or video?” 

 

They are: 

  • Establish Clear Authority 
  • Create Rapport 

 

In this episode I will provide you with examples of good and bad, hits and misses of these in action. 

 

It’s so easy if you’re consciously doing this. Little phrases you say, words you do or don’t will alienate you or make you go to the top of your prospect’s inbox. 

 

Establish Clear Authority in Every Communication

  • State your credentials without stating your credentials
  • Tell them what you do and how you deliver service without listing it 

Imagine saying something like, “One of my private clients, Jennifer lost 100 lbs in her mid 60s. When I worked with Jennifer…”  

 

Or 

 

“In our bestselling group strength program, the data over 7 years has shown…”

 

You’re telling a story and at the same time telling someone that you coach private clients. You begin to share a statistic and have shared that you do group strength training. 

 

“When I was teaching at the University…”  Or “When I was preparing my TEDx talk….” 

 

Find ways to weave your credentials and ways you work with clients into your talks. 

 

Create Rapport in Every Communication

  • Teach without preaching 
  • Raise and praise for effort
  • Let them know it’s not their fault

These may seem obvious. But I’m usually surprised by a lack of awareness shows up in social posts and podcasts. Here’s how to make sure you don’t alienate, and instead befriend your ideal customer: Before you speak… to a group or in a podcast, consider that you are speaking one-on-one to the person who may be making a mistake you’re talking about. 

 

How do you want them to feel about you?

What delivery will help nurture that? 

 

If you’re talking away to your show host or your show guest, for instance, you can get caught up in comparing notes about all the crazy thoughts of your customers and forget… the actual purpose of hosting or being the guest on the show is to make the listeners feel heard and seen. 

Claiming, “They don’t drink enough water!” or “You’re just aging faster without strength training,” though true, may leave your listener feeling judged and just labeled or lumped into a group … and not supported. 

 

“It’s not your fault.” 

“Here’s why it’s so easy to fall into that trap.”

 

Remember in a previous post I shared how to deliver a message so that you can relate to your audience better. Tell a story about you! Start with “I” .. then move to “we” then finish with you. 

 

Anything else can feel like you’re just being a teacher telling someone they’ve done it wrong but not giving a reason why, of course, that mistake is so easy to make. 

If There Was One More… This is It

If I could give you a third it would be, be distinct. Don’t be a parrot or minah bird: 

 

Don’t just repeat what someone said. 

Know why you’re saying it and where it came from. 

Know why you’d die on a hill for it. 

Put it in words that are yours not some that belong to someone else. 

 

Connect: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com

 

On Social: 

https://www.facebook.com/fitnessmarketingbiz

 

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course



Other episodes you might like: 

Better Email Marketing: Love Letters To Your Customers:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/better-email-marketing/

3 Ways to Increase Your Email Opens (social posts & website traffic) NOW!: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/ways-to-increase/

 

 

 

Direct download: FMM_-_2_Goals_of_Every_Communication_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

This Game-show-like episode I hope will be a fun way to test titles and give you insight that will strengthen your ability to create clear titles (and not confusing) for ANYTHING! 

 

Plus, in case you didn’t know, you can go back and change your YouTube titles to get them to perform better if you created something that didn’t perform the way you thought it should. Even better than modifying the old though is creating everything from here on out with greater awareness and nailing it! When the exact person you created it for feels just as if you are speaking to her… #nailed it! 

 

Here’s the game we’re going to play. [Credit where credit is due… on a 12-hour road trip I listened to more country music than is probably legal, but also heard the Sandy Show.. I couldn’t tell you Sandy, who… but he and his wife Trish played a similar game. Stealing this!] 

 

So what I’m going to do instead of just talking is share a few examples of clear titles and confusing titles and ask you to vote… and then of course, I’m going to give you may answer. So, if you’re still thinking and like to contemplate, be ready to push pause! 

 

What I want you to do - and what I’ll do for you - is as if it passes the test or not between clear or confusing. We’ll vote either confusing/clear OR Preach & Teach vs Raise & Praise. 

 

Create Clear Titles Game

 

Podcast Episode Titles: 

The audience is females 35-50 in perimenopause. You’ll talk about everything related to fitness but not only fitness. 

 

  • Fitness Mindset 
  • Lifting Heavy Things 
  •  The Fitness for Women Perspective 
  •  She Lifts Heavy
  •  Your Menopause Made Easy 

Blog Titles: 

  • Blog audience is women 30-50 
  • Eating More to Lose Weight 
  • Friday Favs 
  • Currently… this 
  • Things I’m Loving Now 
  • Lifting to Define and Lift Your Chest 

YouTube video titles 

  • Target a wide range of women primarily in 40-70 range
  • Well+Good website creators on the health and wellness craze (CBS - 9 years ago .. only 931 views) 
  • Top 5 Ways to Recession-Proof Your Body
  • 3 Worst Exercises for Women Over 40 
  • Methods on How to Get Tone 
  • The Most Dangerous Woman on YouTube

 Create Clear Titles for Social Media Posts: 

  • Targeting a midlife women demographic 
  • Healthy Habit Tips
  •  The Truth About Drinking Water 

 New Podcast Episode!

 

Do you get the idea? 

 

Resources:

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

Menopause Fitness Specialist: https://www.flippingfifty.com/specialist 

 

 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Fast Fixes for Social Media Mistakes: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fast-fixes-for-social-media/

Filling Your Personal Training Programs with Juicy Titles That Sell: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/filling-personal-training-programs-juicy-titles-sell/

 


Marketing opportunities for your business and personal brand aren’t all the same. At first, you may be tempted to say yes to everything. It’s experience. It’s getting better at being interviewed or speaking. But I want to share how this quick lesson in clarity applies to how you run your business and choose to invest your time. 

 

What’d I suggest you do is declare who you are, what you do, and what you want to do more of. When I review some of my prospective client’s websites and social accounts, it’s easy to see the reason there may be a mismatch between effort and results. That’s your brand, your mission. When you have a mission, your entire team has a mission to guide them.

Marketing Opportunities are More than Just “Getting Out There”  

Clients come to me because they want to make more money. That’s not really about landing a picture on the cover of a magazine. It’s not about having a huge “influencer” following from beautiful images on Instagram.  (After all, that doesn’t build a program or service or proven method or close the deal. It doesn’t create a repeatable, predictable process to get traffic, get leads, nurture leads, and sell to create new customers).  There have been plenty of people who got their 5 minutes of fame on Oprah who weren’t set up to sell anything after or nurture leads. 

 

 

When you have a mission, it’s easy to say yes or no to marketing opportunities, projects and offers. The bigger and more well-known you are, the more of these offers come in. There will be offers to partner and promote skincare, and yoga mats, and foam rollers, and acupuncture tools. These are just three sitting in my inbox right now. 

 

Then there will be the stationary bike desk and the electric bike and the bed.  And they take time! I once said yes, and got into an entire year-long relationship with a company that took hours of filming, writing, and often editing, then posting and sharing, which took a significant amount of time from my real business mission. In the end, was the new bed worth it? Not sure today I’d say yes again to that. At the time I couldn’t see it, but it didn’t accelerate my business, it slowed it down. 

 

In this episode, I cover from start to end: 

  • How to decide if you’re in a phase of just saying yes to everything 
  • When you will want to start being more selective about marketing opportunities 
  •  The importance of using your brand’s mission to decide (already touched on)
  • Using this example to get a clear message, to a clear individual, that resonates
  • When you say yes to marketing opportunities, how to be ready and make it easy to take a next step

 

Who Does Your Brand Say “Yes” or “No” to? 

 

Recently I was asked to speak on a podcast that was new to me, a fairly new podcast, and in reviewing previous episodes I was a little confused. 

 

The aim of the podcast was clear at first glance, and then looking at the content it wasn’t at all.

 

The podcast was targeting allied health professionals. The guests were varied health coaches and trainers who serve direct-to-consumer programs and services. 

 

Do you see the issue already? 

 

The purpose of the podcast according to the host was a podcast for health or fitness pros. The topic was overcoming obstacles to getting started (for consumers). The next step however in supporting your target audience would be … not hearing how to get motivated yourself to overcome but how the coach or trainers coach to overcome. Someone who wants to say, how do I do this too, wants a training program themselves. 

 

So, I thought, maybe I’m missing it. Maybe in fact this is a behind-the-curtain look at how other coaches and trainers are coaching clients out of this obstacle. 

 

It was helpful to listen and to read the bait-and-switch of the podcast. It has begun as one thing and evolved into another. Fair enough. We’ve all done that business and personal lives! 

 

Is this Brand Exposure Opportunity a YES? 

 

Back to you, the potential guest, (and BTW, if you’re a host, be very clear who your listener is and what their problem is that you solve too!) what you have to ask is whether this serves you. When you are asked to be a guest do you ask:

Who is your target audience? What demographic? 

What’s your reach? (in the case of a podcast – ask downloads per episode and per month). 

How many will you be sharing this with on your social media channels and your email list? 

 

These are fair questions to ask if you’re asked to give time and expertise for the benefit of growing someone else. Because they will expect that you share via email and social media. and They will potentially ask and get your agreement to do this as a part of agreement in being a guest. There is one individual I’ve interviewed in the last decade of podcasting, over two shows and at this point 4 episodes a week, who does not share. It’s a part of all communications. If you’re the author of the most sold books in the topic and subject area like Dr. John Gray, you too can choose to do this. But until then, you will want to share and be shared both. 

 

Making the Most of Fitness Marketing Opportunities

 

Then, if asked and it’s a perfect match: Be ready! Don’t send a new acquaintance, barely more than a stranger to a program. Even if it’s low priced, a 12-week program or a 4-week program is a commitment with someone they don’t know. 

 

What’s your freebie? A quick win they can do without you. 

For decades fitness centers assumed a free week trial, or free personal training consultations were the best way to get someone in and hooked. 

 

For 80% of the population not moving, intimidated, it’s too big. It’s too much. 

 

Start small. Start with ONE step and one more step after that’s mastered. Try it, you will not be disappointed. Should you also make it possible to buy? Yes. But it should be there for that 15% of customers who make up their mind and are ready now. The focus of your growth in a blue ocean of potential that no one is successfully tapping into, is ideally on the 85% of people who need one small and easy win that comes without the intimidation factor. 

 

Someone who’s not exercising, who has a perceived obstacle of time, doesn’t think of themselves as an exerciser. THAT is where you can make the most difference. Without that difference, the actions won’t come or won’t stick. Change that and you change everything. 

 

 Other Episodes: 

Fitness Trainer Opportunities Right Now | Start Over Start Strong: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/opportunities/

Fitness Marketing Hacks: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-marketing-hacks/

 

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

 

 

 

 

Direct download: FMM_-_Marketing_opportunities_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

I have a friend and colleague who is a little more in-your-face than I am. She and I have different strengths about delivering our messages even though we have similar audiences and even services. 

 

She and I have a very similar programming foundation. We’d have to, right? It’s the same audience, same research, you can only come up with so many variations unless you’re using opinions. 

 

But people show up in my community who say, “I follow her too. But she’s intimidating. I can’t really relate.” 

Other times I’ve supervised dozens of fitness instructors. Many have attempted to motivate by saying things like, “ If you don’t squeeze your glutes no one else will.” 

 

On my YouTube channel of 170,000 organic followers so many comments, “too much talking, get to the workout.” Yet, they have the time to comment and thousands of other options to follow for free. 

 

I know these, “quick fix seekers” are not my people. But what you have to decide is, is there any truth to what they say? Is there another way to say it without alienating someone that could get me better results and still get the message across? 

 

Your job is to know what words will make your best health coaching clients - your prospective clients -  recoil and run the other way. Then to consider, if those words make them run away, is that a good thing?? 

Is it something you said? Certain phrases, even single words that alienate your best health coaching clients could be hurting your marketing. 

 

In my own experience, some women who feel SO strongly about the use of the word “girl” or “girlfriend” will let me know it. They will write and say, You won’t do that with man and boy. Please stop. 

 

Other’s of us recoil at the term “ladies.” 

 

So what’s a savvy health & fitness coach to do when trying to attract more clients? 

The very words you use, as terms of endearment, or to connect and build rapport, could be turning them away. 

 

Here’s the kicker… you and not even they… may know it. 

 

So this episode isn’t going to solve world peace. It’s not going to give you a conclusive, “say this not that.” 

What it IS going to do is share with you the unique nuances that you may consciously choose to keep using if it’s a part of your brand. Or you may opt once you’re aware and sensitive to consciously change them.



I’ve mentioned terms like, girl, girlfriend, lady, ladies, or approaches like, aging gracefully, or women in their prime… all sit a certain way with us. How they sit is probably related to our own unique experiences, individuals who’ve used those terms we liked or didn’t in our past. 

 

“Ladies” for me just doesn’t work. 

 

I’m a “girlfriend” kind of person. And I’m not changing that. I’m going to be a “girl” til I die. I’m not going to be a “lady” much as I might try. I don’t have a desire to age gracefully, but “racefully” speeding to a halt having used up every reserve, exclaiming, What a ride! 

 

That’s me. What I have to decide is, is it also my brand? 

 

Potentially, this has already got you thinking about terms you use - much by default and how they may or may not be landing on people. 

 

And there’s more. This next side of the episode is about instruction and directives - not alone bad things… that could feel condescending at worst, or at least a little too close to school. Oddly, as much as we like to learn (or you wouldn’t be here), it seems that most of the adult population doesn’t like to be reminded of school when they were constantly told what to do. 

 

Marketing Words & Phrases that Alienate Your Best Health Coaching Clients

 

You Need to…. 

 

You can use “I needed to” and tell a story. You can use “we tend to” and tell some statistics about behavior, but unfortunately “you need to” 

 

You Have to… 

So, you’re saying, in order to get more lean muscle mass you have to lift weights. 

It’s true. What could possibly be wrong with that? Well, depending on your ideal client it often works best when they identify what they think they need to do instead of hearing from you. 

 

You can list facts and science without saying YOU have to do this. If you haven’t gotten to “you” from I and we… often you feels offensive to people new to you. 

 

You Should… 

Even if it’s, “You should feel proud of yourself.”  Ironically, that comment that may have intended to put them into intrinsic motivation and internal praise, you just “shoulded” on them. 



Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

 

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Health Coaching Tips: Your Personal Stories: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/health-coaching-tips/


Content That Creates Clients That Only Want You: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/content-that-creates-clients/

 

Direct download: FMM_-_Best_health_coaching_clients_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Let’s examine some fast fixes for social media and make sure you’re optimizing the time and energy you’re spending right now on social.  



Maximize your stories for selling and awareness. 

Optimize your posts and reels for growing your audience. 

Remember that carousel posts engage your current audience but don’t help you grow a new audience. 



Posting Too Frequently 

This one backfires in the worst possible way: by giving you the exact opposite of what you want. 

Look, there’s a  time to build and a time to use what you’ve built.  

For instance, before you go into a launch for a program or a webinar selling into a program, you want to be growing and focused on how to grow your following and congruently your email list. 

But during a launch, you focus on nurturing and making that growth aware of what you’re promoting. 

 

I just hosted the What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+. We wanted as many women as possible there to hear 40 interviews with experts with tips that will help women in midlife (or trainers and health coaches who work with them) exercise in the best possible way. 

 

Prior to the event and just otherwise, normally I would generally post one or two reels within a week. And primarily post multiple stories daily. 

 

During this launch I’ve posted a reel every 1-2 days and posted 10-15 stories a day. 



Including Long Ugly Links in a Social Media Post

No one comes to social media to see your promotion. When you’re talking about a program or a webinar you’re hosting and you don’t have a Pretty Link or a link they can get to in your bio, you’re just hurting yourself! 

 

Here’s a better way. A Pretty Link is a plug-in for use on a Word Press site. It’s free and it helps you create a link like fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course (where we house a marketing-to-women course for health & fitness pros). Now, that’s not the URL to get to the site and the store… but it is an easy-to-remember one. 



If I have a link to a product I am an affiliate for, I’ll make it flippingfifty.com/c60 for instance for the product I use for mitochondria support, improved skin and hair growth. It improves your own hormone function. But.. I digress. 

That isn’t the URL where the reader ends up ,,, but that URL is an ugly serial number-like URl no one is going to remember… and isn’t going to bother trying to copy and paste from your post. That just doesn’t happen. 

 

Remember they came to see friends and family and funny things. Entertain them. Use your stories to share and then you can use the LINK sticker so they can click directly to it. 

 

This past promotion period I must have posted the link to our event 3 times minimum daily. 

 

Not Posting Stories Often Enough

Which... Of course, this brings me to the last fast fix for social media mistakes. You’ve got to make sure that you are using stories to let people in. If you are having a sale, you’re having a webinar, you’re sharing that link right on a story. Post an image, post a video of you inviting them… and keep it in the real-life moment. Too polished accounts and posts aren’t the ones growing the fastest right now. 

 

Realize that overly “manicured” content could be hurting you while going live, just talking, not being hyped up, but being authentic is the way to connect. 

 

Doing the Same Thing Not Getting Results and Not Looking into Doing It Differently

If you are doing the same thing and you’re getting the same dismal views, not many saves or shares, few comments, I want you to change it up.

 

Here are some things to consider: 

  • Look at your use of tags. Are you using only what's in text or verbally said or images on your video or pictures? You’re not pulling tags that are about your title but you’re using tags that are about the content of the post? 
  • Look at long vs short copy for posts. What does better? Do more of that. 
  • Look at use of emojis in your posts to break up text. 
  • Do you ask a question that makes a response almost compulsive? (in the copy of your post?) 

 

Resources: 

 The Health & Business Pros Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

Marketing to Women Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 


Other Episodes You Might Like: 

5-Tips Health Coaches Marketing Formula for Quick Social Media Wins:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/health-coaches-marketing-formula/

2-Ingredient for Better Social Media Posts! Beyond Better & Less:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/better-social-media/

10 Social Media Tips That Work for Fitness & Health Professionals: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/social-media-tips-2/

Direct download: FMM_-_Fast_Fixes_for_Social_Media_Mistakes_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 5:00pm MDT

If you like passive income, you probably want to promote affiliate partners. But there are a few things you want to know as you get started, or get more serious about generating affiliate revenue. These 4 mistakes could prevent you from supporting your partners - and your audience from support you can provide. 

Using UGLY URLS to Promote Affiliate Partners

Ugly URLs in social media posts or your emails. I’d like to say this is a rookie mistake but I see a lot of experienced entrepreneurs doing it too. Either their VA doesn’t know to ask, or the entrepreneur isn’t aware there’s a better way. 

Back in the day people used Bitly for things like this. But with Pretty Links on word press it’s easier than ever. And then once you set it, you’re not vulnerable to say a platform change that your affiliate partner makes, deeming every single blog post where you put that link broken. It won’t go anywhere. SO not only won’t it make you sales, it will make you frustrated visitors to your site. 

Save yourself the trouble. A Pretty Link not only makes an ugly url pretty, it is the one link you’ll use all the time when mentioning that product or service you’re promoting. Then if you need to, you can go in and change the URL there - in one single place and it updates all the places you’ve used the pretty link. 

Include All Your Affiliate Partners in a Single Email

I’ll admit I come close to doing this once a year every year. That’s when we share the Flipping 50 Gift Guide at the holidays. In our Gift Guide we’re selective about what we’ll include and choose different categories like “stocking stuffers” or “budget-friendly” or “the Victoria’s Secret Diamond Bra” equivalent. But there’s no denying that any other time of year when your customer ISN’T buying not just for themselves but for a wide variety of people they want to spend a wide variety of money on, this would be a mistake.

Now, I DO have a resources page. It’s where I share things I’m asked about over and over again. It’s where I share things I use and affiliate for and things I use and don’t affiliate for, I just am answering the same question so frequently that it’s become easier to refer them to one URL, and you guessed it, it’s a memorable pretty link: flippingfifty.com/resources. 

Not Really Investing Time and Energy in Promoting

This one is going to tie right into the last so I’m going to lump them together for explanation’s sake.  

If you agree or ask - to promote someone and then all you do is write a blog post and leave the promotion sit there… without actively sharing the post regularly, or driving traffic to it, or including the affiliate promotion in an email, you don’t really have your heart in it. If you have hundreds of thousands of visitors to your site regularly, that’s one thing. 

But if you’re struggling to hit 5000 visitors to your website a month, chances are that hidden blog post isn’t going to attract visitors frequently enough or at the time they need to be there to make any difference at all. 

If you ask to promote or are invited and agree, do your best. Make a plan in your promotional calendar. With summits for instance, some of you fitness pros listening promoted for the What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ event. And you earned 50% of the sale when people bought the course and or the recordings which was about $34-$60 depending on which they did. 

If you told people (busy people) about it once on social… 5% if you’re lucky, saw it. And they’re not, scrolling back through old posts to find your information. 

So usually a quality promotion is 2 or 3 emails, social media posts, maybe hosting the event host on your social media live. That’s really making an effort to make the most sales and support the affiliate and your audience with something they need. 

Spreading Your Affiliates too Thin

One of the reasons you may not have promoted with a consorted effort is because you said yes when it should have been no. You were in the middle of your own promotion and you couldn't promote something else too. Or you were trying to promote several things at once which means no one really gets the attention they deserve. 

A couple guidelines for affiliates for me. I would rather promote really really well partners who I really believe in. And sometimes it doesn’t work. RIght now for instance, I can’t be promoting for a great affiliate partner I promoted for last year, because I’m hosting my own summit. 

I hated to say no, but of course she also couldn’t say yes to me, it’s just timing. I happen to have 3 other affiliate partners I love, one I’m working into this 

Resources: 

(Always>> the Health & Business Pros Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

Marketing to Women Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

 

Direct download: promote_affilaite_NOtedited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 2:30am MDT

4 Ways Health & Fitness Pros Can Create Income Right Now 

What if you have a dream of a health coaching or fitness training business but the reality is you need to create income right now? As in, today? 

What if… what if someone had a gun to your head or someone you love, would you find a way? Would you go ahead and take a risk and do it? 

I think we’d all say yes, of course, right? And we’d lose the concern or fear of what someone might think. We lose the pride that may keep you from asking for money. That by the way is tied to some sense of feeling like you’re begging for money which of course is ridiculous if you have a serve that will help someone. 

The truth is there is no easier way to create income right now than in a service business. You don’t have a “cost of goods” or at least it is very small. Unlike selling supplements or gym equipment or sweat towels, tights, or visors... You just have to create an offer and ask. 

So whether you’re just getting started or you’re already selling something, this is for you. 

Before You Can Create More Income 

One word first though. Get ready to make money. Be prepared to track your revenue, your expenses, and know what amount of this is profit.  Know how much time you spend servicing for a specific amount of revenue. That will help you determine your profit margin. Because most trainers make the mistake of thinking that it’s all profit since they are making it and taking it. They forget, their time is worth something. So if you’re spending more hours than you realize, you’ll want to stop that right away or as you expand you won’t have anywhere to go! 

This entire episode revolves around you having an email list, ideally a segmented email list of buyers, and non-buyers, so you can choose to put an offer in front of people who are not currently in a program with you now. 

If you don’t have an email list… you do. You have friends and family and colleagues. And that’s no way to run a business but it is a way to start. Jeff Walker with his Product Launch Formula created a thriving business with this soft launch and so can you. You can start with it, that is. If you’re serious about business, then get a CRM (Customer Relationship Management) software and some support if you’re not techie and get things hooked up to your website so when customers purchase they automatically get exactly what they should and never see what they shouldn’t. 

If you don’t yet have an email CRM I’ll link to some prior episodes about growing your email list. 

 

4 Ways Health & Fitness Pros Can Create Income Now 

 

1. Make an offer right now: Stop Procrastinating

In this example, you float out an email and say "Still interested?"

Make a spontaneous offer that requires an urgent response. In my case, I did this because I realized I was creating an entire challenge for one of my private clients who needed to boost her metabolic flexibility. She was doing all the things and not losing weight. 

I realized it was a problem others in our community probably also had but weren’t necessarily going to buy another program because they were potentially already doing HIIT, and Weight Training. But they would do this… a specific challenge designed to target the specific problem.

I presented it as a “beta group” and said…” I know it’s last minute but we’re starting this Monday. So if you want in… I need you to let me know tomorrow. I’ll send you the order form, then the pdf, and the WhatsApp group once you’re enrolled.”

Other times when this is a big offer, like a retreat and we’re at $2000 or higher, it’s beneficial to do an email to a phone call if you have time. I wouldn’t have had time in this case and it’s only a $500 product sent to about 25 people that know me well. Their risk was low - they already know and trust me - and most have been VIP clients with me in the past. 

2. Make an upsell for anything you’re already selling.

This way you optimize the services you already have. Just like, “Do you want fries with that?” or hotel room service that asks, “Would you like a piece of chocolate lava cake with that?” 

The 20% of those customers who say yes, just increased their sales by 20%. You should do that all day long. Take the chocolate cake for an example though. They don’t just ask: 

Do you want anything else with that? 

Do you want dessert with that? 

No, they get very specific and use descriptive words. 


So should you. 

 

Do you want the success coaching with that? 

Do you want the 20 One-Pan meal recipes with that? 

Do you want... 

3. Take whatever you're already selling well and increase the rate. 

Based on consumer psychology, there’s no difference between $49 and $59 or $69. 

Take a $69 product and make it $99. 

You can take a currently $99 and make it $129 or $139.

 

The conversion rate doesn’t change but the profit margin goes up. 

4. Package all of These Income Generators together. 

Send an email today, suggesting a new group starting that’s focused on a problem you know a lot of your community have, offer it at 20% higher rate than normal - it’s specialized after all - (or suggest you are going to raise the rate after this beta group and they want to get in now to take advantage of it. Offer an upsell for more private time with you, or simply an add-on that you know they’ll need to have to be successful. 

 

Think like ... You HAVE to. Sometimes you just have to imagine.. That you do in order to get out of your way and do what was always possible anyway. 

 

Your email list should provide you that kind of cushion. You have the ability to send an email and make money every single day. Are you using it? 

Which of these ways to create more income now will you use first? 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

4 Ways to Grow Your Email List with Your Fitness Videos:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/grow-your-email-list/

How do you know what freebie to create:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/freebie/

Resources

Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

How to create an Irresistible Freebie: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/irresistible-freebie-how-to/

Direct download: FMM_4_Ways_to_Create_Income_Now_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

How would you like to reach more people for free, or potentially get paid for it? Book more interviews. You have to be seen and heard across platforms, in person and digitally. Being visible is a must for growing your business. 

 

This is about doing more of what you love. 

 

To make these steps really valuable, start a spreadsheet. 

 

Before you start reaching out to people, create a one-sheet for the topic you’re pitching. Include the science, statistics, a quote, and bullet points for your hosts. Your name and title and contact information should appear at the top. 

 

First know what you can talk about. 

Answer some questions about topics you want to talk about: 

How is it tied to this season?

How is it tied to something in the news? 

How is it tied to recent science?
How does it directly benefit the audience you want to speak in front of? 

How does it make the host of the show or meeting look good? (do ratings go up? Does the boss love it when employees or sales reps have a good meeting experience or end up more productive and more satisfied with their job?) 

 

Think specific to your audience. Businesses need to hear about outcomes that businesses measure. 

 

Call every friend you have. Ask her/him for every group they’re in. Ask for the meeting planner’s name and contact information (hint: it’s often the vice president that does the program planning).

Ask for an introduction via email or coffee. 

 

Call the local radio and news stations. Ask for the producer. Which producer? The one that books guests. 




Start contacting people and recording the dates and details. 

Do you need to follow up? 





Other Episodes You May Like: 

Stop Boring Introductions | Bio Makeovers: https://www.flippingfifty.com/bio-makeovers


Get Interviews and Get Asked Back: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/get-interviews

Direct download: Book_more_interviews.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 8:09am MDT

If you want more interviews this is for you. What you really want is to give interviews and get invited back. But wait… if you’re scared to death about an interview.. This is still for you! Because girl there’s no better, faster way to increase your reach than an interview. Whether local, regional or national media or a podcast to your niche, interviews are gold. 

This episode is essentially part 2 though of a two-parter, maybe 3, because what you really need to know is how to get booked more often so you can show off these new skills. 

So we just did it. Gave me a little homework for an additional episode. But this.. Is how to interview and get invited back! 

Or have someone listening invite you to speak at their event or on their podcast. 

Part 1 was all about your introduction or bio. It’s not the first time I’ve shared this type of content. In fact I have an entire worksheet and other episode that deep dives into how to stop being boring and stand out! 

And I’ll tell you this… it’s not just because you’re new at it, experienced professionals make this mistake too. Doctors have never been taught this. Some of the weakest introductions I’ve had are among fitness professionals who are solo entrepreneurs and doctors who are new to PR and marketing to promote themselves.

Give me a shout out if you’d like some live training on this. I’m considering doing a half day interview session. We’ll include hot seats where you actually would not just write your bio but you’d have the opportunity to be interviewed and apply your soundbites. Just add a note in the comments at fitnessmarketingmastery.com/give-interviews 

Part II is this one, about how to be in the interview with your interviewee having such a good time that they want to have you back before you’ve even left. 

Part III I’ll talk about how to get invited in the first place. Like you’re not going to get asked to dance unless you get dressed and go to the dance, you’re not going to get asked unless you’re finding ways to tell people you have something to talk about. 

Be Memorable

Be remarkable! Or better yet, retweetable, at one point was the word, but seriously who is on twitter today? You must be able to talk in what we call sound bytes. It’s great for you to be able to embellish on an answer. Definitely no one wants a “yes” or “no” response. That’s not much of a conversation. 

Resource: POP! 

Soundbites

Soundbytes allow you to be both retweetable (so you’ll be remembered) and to pause. Most likey, your host will repeat your soundbyte. Then your audience hears it again. Win! These are things that become the best social memes too. 


What are your soundbytes? Try to write some down. Maybe you mythbust things like:

No pain no gain as I do. My sound bite was no pain, no gain, no way/no brain.

I don’t like SMART goals. I call SMART goals DUMB. 

They don’t have to rhyme but it’s nice. They could just be rhythmic. They could have alliteration. I have 10 Tenets of Flipping50® I teach to our students and to our professional students of the Flipping50 Menopause Fitness Specialist course. For instance, Intense Early, Light Late or Restore Before More. 

(If you’d like, lmk and I’ll teach you the rest and why we do it. We share these regularly and they’re a part of our core values or tenets like 10 commandments.) 

Keep a list of subjects/titles and soundbites you can use so you’re ready at a moment’s notice. PLUS… these are your treasure chest of social media lives when it’s just you! 

For great examples of great interviews, register for the What, When & Why to Exercise for Women 40+ summit. Not only will you get nearly 40 examples of how to knock it out of the park on your next interview you’ll get insight into how to help women in midlife balance their hormones with your help. 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/womensexercise 

Pause 

Truly, if you get anything right get this right. I have had two guests on my podcast during 10 years of hosting 2 unique podcasts that have published at least 1 and currently 2 a week…. That’s a lot of podcasts. Two guests stand out as I cringe when one comes on because she’s a runaway horse. She’ll start talking and not pause. The interview was an hour and didn’t need to be. There was too much information, too much overwhelm, and it just wasn’t fun to have a guest come on and rant. No matter how good her content is, and how much I want to have her again, twice might be enough because though warned, she did it again the second time. 

The second guest was not even an acquaintance and did something similar. I didn’t air it. It just was a waste of preparation time and recording time for us both. 

Remember you’re there to serve. First, the host. Second, The audience. And sometimes there’s a third party depending on who booked you. That could be a PR agency who booked you that you’re paying to do so however, if you do a bad job here it makes their job like starting at square one every time. If you do a good job, every interview you have can help you leverage a bigger interview. 

Let me give you an example of wearing different hats in an interview or presentation. Say you are booked for a panel interview. There is an organization paying for the event somehow. There may be a meeting planner who’s job hinges on you making them look good for her boss. And there are audience members, that everyone wants to benefit but your consideration has to be… who hired me and what is the outcome they want for this event? 

Then deliver. 

When you do give interviews with someone if you run right over the host without doing your homework and knowing what do they promote and what do they stand against, what do they want you to talk about during this interview and what do they not want to talk about during this interview, you won’t be asked again and the interview may never air. 

Provide suggested questions 

Help your host look good. Confirm you’re on the same page. Don’t give generic questions if you’ve talked about doing something very specific. 

I can go anywhere, ask me anything - is one of the least-helpful things you can do to a show host. Yes, they ideally have done their homework. The bigger you are the more that’s true. But if you’re interviewing up, so to speak, then it’s your job to hand the speaker questions that may be good to ask. 

When I ask someone for an interview as a host, I have seen them post about something I know my audience needs. Or I’ve heard them speak on  content I have questions to ask on my audience’ behalf. I’m going to suggest very clearly THIS is what I want to talk about. I’ll begin drafting the show notes based on that. 

I did this for my summit. However, the EA of a speaker may be the one filling out the summit forms and put in standard content answers. If so, I won’t accept and I’ll email back, “Hey, this isn’t quite what we agreed to discuss, this is what we’re talking about, is XXX still okay with that?”

Do your homework. Listen to previous episodes. If I’ve done a Thousand podcast episodes there’s a good chance I’ve talked about or interviewed someone on your topic. Is your angle different? How? Tell me that in your application. 

Go give interviews and get asked back! 

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

POP! By Sam Horn 

Tongue Fu By Sam Horn 

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Stop Boring Introductions | Bio Makeovers: https://www.flippingfifty.com/bio-makeovers



Direct download: FMMGet_Interviews_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Stop those boring introductions and settle into this bio makeovers episode that’s going to play like a masterclass. 

 

Your audience is screaming, get my attention! Wake me up from this bad dream of messages that are the same from everyone! 

 

There are trainers and coaches and podcasters that are pining for invites to speak on podcasts or appear in the news. When you get the chance, don’t blow it with a wimpy introduction. 

 

If your host isn’t excited to read it, re do it!

If there is nothing to tell your listener that you are an expert, re do it! 

If you cringe when it’s read, re do it! 

If there aren’t at least 6 notable things someone learns about you in that introduction, re do it!

 

If there isn’t some unique, distinct description of you that no one else can insert their name into, 

If there isn’t something in the bio that makes people sit up and smile, bio makeover coming up. 



Mistake #1: 

Providing information that is subjective. 

Andrea’s programs are …….. And instead of …… do …………….. 

 

If I have to read that, it implies that I the host think it. Rarely have I got enough background to have that kind of an impression with a guest. 

 

If you’re a bestselling author, or just an author. I can say that. 

If you have created a program intended for xyz based on principles of abc, I can say that too because it’s fact. 

 

But if you have just soft information that sounds like opinion and the news wouldn’t publish it, you have bio makeovers 101. 

 

Include Facts: 

Certifications

Degrees

Authored Books

Appeared in magazines 

Awards 



Published in: (authored) 

Medium 



Frequent contributor to: 



Frequent speaker at: 

Have spoken at women’s events (locally? Regionally? Or nationally) 

 

As seen in: (were written in and quoted) 



Why are you the expert? 

 

Without telling someone you’re the expert, how do you tell them? 

Instead of just hormone balancing fitness expert or menopause fitness expert… I tell them I’m the TEDx speaker and the Flipping50 Menopause Fitness Specialist course creator. 

 

Why should they listen with a dozen other things to do and 100 other podcasts to tune in for? 




State your full name

If you have a business, or a title associated with your business, include that. 

  • Hormone balancing fitness expert 

  • Fitness business marketing surgeon 

 

Pack 3 credentials into your name. 

Hormone balancing fitness expert and best-selling author, Debra Atkinson is a 39-year full time international fitness professional 

Functional health coach and TEDx speaker, Debra Atkinson is the founder of Flipping50® and creator of the Flipping50® Menopause Fitness Specialist 

 

Start Now

 

Yes, you can start before you have a book, a podcast with 3 million downloads, and a TEDx talk. 

Yes, you can start without 4 decades of experience. 

 

An article, an award, blended a 20 year teaching career with a passion for exercise and advocacy for midlife women? 

 

A 20 year career as an engineer? Lead with that? 

 

Lost weight yourself - how much- at what age? Kept it off for how long- taught how many others do do the same? 

 

Resources: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/betterbio

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/womensexercise



Coming up:

Tune into the next episode where we talk about using sound bytes in your interviews, or your own podcasts, videos, and lives. 

 

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_Bios_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Get booked as a speaker, you may say, me? Yes, you. If you’re talking on video, going live to connect with an audience, hopefully you’ve learned the parts of a good story. And that applies to a podcast, to a presentation that is 5 minutes, 15, or an hour in front of a small or big audience. 

Doing a podcast or a training for a company, opening as the keynote for associations, or organizations is an awesome way to establish credibility, and exposure to a large pool of people who need your services. 

Why 7 ideas? 

The title is designed to get your attention. There are dozens of podcasts or music you could be listening to right now. Just like in our coaching world, when we are up against the famous names, the niche experts, and the masters of the industry, we must find something that gets noticed. My title likely grabbed your attention, and I am hoping for my ideas to do too. Think about how you can grab prospects' attention. 

1 Circle of 100: Start with 25 

Create a list of 25 people who know you. Ultimately, a network of 100 is what you want. Family counts, but only if they have a connection with an organization that could benefit from your work. Send a sales letter by mail to each of the people on the list and customize each middle paragraph of the letter specific to the addressee. Let the circle know what you are currently doing in your career and ask them to help you identify organizations that might benefit from your work. For this idea to generate business, it must have several components.

·  Middle paragraph specifically written for the addressee, form letters don’t count. 

·  Be clear about what you offer and don’t have a dozen options. Keep it simple. 

·  Message should be benefit driven not ego driven. Don’t go on and on about how great you are but rather the solution you provide. 

·  Call to action on their part – ask for what you want. 

·  End your letter with a question like “Would you be so kind as to pass on my name?” 

·  Database everyone, not just the decision‐makers. 

2 Make hot leads a priority because they cool off fast 

The biggest mistake of my career was not chasing leads soon enough. I still cringe when I think of all the people who approached me after a program, asked for my card, and promised to call to schedule me for their next meeting, and never did. I would leave meetings thinking I had a dozen leads and then realize months later that I had heard from very few that followed through. ASK the interested party for their business card and permission to call the next day so you can hear more about their needs. Then make sure you (or a staff person calls back as promised).

After speeches, I’d be holding 25 evaluation sheets that asked me to contact them or add them to a mailing list. I was sometimes so overwhelmed that I didn’t call them within the week (if I was at a conference when we met) or few days (if it was a local presentation) nor add them to my email list. At the time I started this texting was a BIG deal and I didn’t text to connect but today I would definitely do that. AND say, “I just sent you a quick email message with the info I promised, check your spam or trash just in case.”

3 Plan calls ahead of time. Have notes and all necessary tools in front of you 

Before you place a sales call, do your homework! The internet has made sales so much easier than when I started. Now a quick company website check will tell you more than you should need to get it done. Don’t begin the call by telling the client you have done all this research. Just listen and take careful notes. By using some of the same terminology you found on the website, you will connect with the client better. Also, search for signs of previous conventions to know what level of speaker they have hired in the past. If it was a household name and you are not one, it might be a breakout, something for spouses at a convention, or a workout instead of a speech, you are going for instead of the keynote.

To get booked as speaker that gets paid for the presentation is not necessarily your goal. The goal is to get in front of audiences, of 25 or 100 or 1000 who are ideal customers, or who know someone who is. There’s an opportunity with the individuals in the audience, and there’s an opportunity with the business owner or CEO if your services are valuable for supporting metrics they want improved. 

They care about revenue. They care about turnover. They care about productivity. Speak to these things, not to reducing weight, belly fat, and blood sugar. 

4 Research the contact person in addition to the company you are calling 

To deepen your homework even farther, take the time to find out what you can about your contact person. Look on Facebook, LinkedIn, YouTube, Google search and company website for data. Look for any common bond you might share with the person. If you want to be on a podcast, listen to some episodes. Do not pretend that you have by scoping out one single episode and commenting on it verbatim. Chances are you will not fake it til you make it. 

Others have let me know they too are from the Midwest or are in Colorado or Arizona. This creates an instant rapport, and at least I know they have not just gathered a list but followed me and looked at my content. Know what organization the contact person belongs to and even the hobbies that interest him or her. Although the homework you did may never come up in conversation, you are prepared and professional if it does. 

I’m contacted daily about guests for my podcast. When you’ve been doing it for a minute, or when you consistently have 100K downloads a month, people want exposure to the audience you have. Some do their homework, some pretend to do their homework, and some never do. 

It’s easy to sniff out the pretenders. They’ll never make it on the show. I’m already irritated before I respond. Those who listen but still don’t understand have the opportunity to correct it. Those who never do homework might get lucky and have something I absolutely love. 

Once in my eagerness to show the contact person how much I had put into the preparation for the call, I started to run off at the mouth. I ended up almost reciting his life’s story to him without a real point other than to show how much I knew about him. I think it really bothered the guy, and the call ended shortly thereafter. 

5 Joining several organizations that serve your audience 

If you spend all of your time networking with fitness professionals or health coaches because that’s who you are, consider going bigger. Consider networks or conferences for functional medicine, or lifestyle medicine. Attend IRHSA instead of a trainers conference, where you might meet owners of bigger fitness corporations who hire specialty training for their staff members. If I had to do it over again, I would budget my time differently allowing some room to be in other settings where my own clients hang. In later years I have been better about this but wish I had learned it sooner. 

You’re not going to get booked as a speaker by other fitness professionals. You might though get booked as a speaker by a gym owner or a hospital fitness center director, or women-run health care business. Consider going to meeting planner’s events, too. These are the decision-makers about speakers. They need all kinds of speakers from keynotes to breakout sessions. 

6 Hotel marquee board hints 

When visiting a hotel, make note of names listed on the convention marquee board. These are groups having meetings and possibly needing speakers for the next year. I’m amazed at the opportunities that we miss right under our noses. Currently, training and group programs at hotels is minimal but you can rent the studios, host a workshop and charge $100-$200 for it, do an upsell and what would that be worth if you filled the room with 20 people then sold 40% of them into something long term? $2000 for a few hours and then the opportunity to upsell for a $1000 long term program to 8 people? That’s a $10k day. When appropriate, visit with the registration staff and learn more about the group which provides me with a slightly warmer call to make the following week. 

Try visiting local resorts with gyms/spas and ask about their rental policies. Then visit the front desk and ask who’s in charge of conferences. Potentially, you could serve them with workouts before the conference began, offer a workshop for spouses during a half day of the conference. They may love doing a revenue share like that with you. It’s something they could offer ala carte to their clients and either make a profit by doing so, or simply be the better choice and edge out competition. 

7 Invitations to sample 

When a client is undecided about hiring me, I invite them to attend a group session I am presenting online or in their area if possible dependent of course on how they’ll hire you). We interview potential candidates for personal training this way, and it’s also a nice way to allow your personal training clients to interview you. 

Make the effort to make the guest feel special (and of course make this okay or understood in advance with your clients or participants). 

Those 7 ways to get booked as a speaker are not all meant to be “ideas” that just sit, or things you want to do all at once! Pick 1. Start!

Other Resources You Might Like: 

The Number One Source of New Clients: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/always-never-public-speaking-profit/

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Resources: 

Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard


What do high functioning female bosses know that you need to know? 

Have you got that flexible 80-hour workweek that often happens with being the boss? It may no longer be an 8-5 for someone else but if you’ve shifted to more hours of the day, your work dripping into your personal life… you want this episode. 

My Guest:

Dr. Laura DeCesaris is a functional medicine practitioner, specializing in women’s health and high performance. Laura works with driven, ambitious women, helping them to rebuild their metabolism so they can experience optimal brain health, body composition, and natural vitality. She takes a female-centric approach to health and wellness, teaching women about their bodies and brains so they can make better decisions for their health and leverage their biochemistry for optimal performance.

You can find her contributions in outlets such as Forbes, NBC news, Greatist, Parade, Well + Good, and other publications. Laura is based out of Scottsdale, AZ, and works with clients virtually around the world.

In this episode of high functioning female entrepreneurs we only touch on women’s cycles and working with not against your hormones. Was it a valuable episode for you? Tell me in the comments and we’ll do a deeper dive! 

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • How can we leverage brain chemicals (dopamine, serotonin, etc) as entrepreneurs to feel better and be more productive/efficient?

  • Biohacking tools - what are some of your favorites? And how can we leverage them for a better business? 

  • Why is burnout so prevalent with entrepreneurs and how can a shift in how we view our business help change that pattern? Burnout is, at its core, a loss of flow and a loss of connection to what we truly need to feel our best and perform our best

Connect with Laura:

https://drlauradecesaris.mykajabi.com/herwellnessvault

Laura on Social:

Instagram: www.instagram.com/dr.lauradecesaris

Facebook: www.facebook.com/groups/ambitiouswomanwellness

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/dr-lauradecesaris

Resources: 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.flippingfifty.com/copywriting-course

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Interested in Fast Flip Business coaching? Once you check out with any current Fitness Marketing Mastery or Flipping50 program, send a message to support@flippingfifty.com and we’ll respond by personal invitation if Debra currently has a coaching opening. 

Other Episodes You Might Like:

The Mindset of Growing Your Personal Training Business: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/mindset-growing-personal-training-business-2/

Stop Holding Yourself Back | Why You Aren’t Getting New Fitness Business Clients: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/stop-holding-yourself-back/

Female Fitness Leadership: It Starts with You: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/female-fitness-leadership/


You can create content all day long but if it doesn’t reach your dream customer and have them say, I want to work with her! It’s a miss. Create content that creates clients and leave the busy work to the rest. 

You just promoted for someone else. With CHAT GPT you have to be good. You have to tell stories that an AI can’t. You have to have humor and personal input no one but you can have. Brandi Clark has experienced the mistakes trainers make as have I! 

We potentially have failed so you don’t have to! And we let you lean over the fence and hear how to avoid those kinds of mistakes. In a moment in time where you can’t afford to be lost in the shuffle. 

We reposition your goal on social, and your thoughts about creating content that is truly deep. 

Want more help? Join the Fully Booked Online Fit-Pro summit hosted by Brandi.

My Guest: 

Brandi Clark is a marketing and sales mentor for those in the fitness industry. With over 20 years in the fitness industry she has served her clients in every capacity from group instructor, personal trainer, master trainer offering CEC’s to fitness professionals and a gym owner with multiple locations. She understands how quickly the industry changes and evolves and she spends her time helping fitness professionals adapt so they don’t get left behind. Her specialty is teaching coaches and trainers how to create content that really connects with their audience so they can build their training business and help more people achieve lasting lifelong changes.

She spent years as a Master Trainer educating fitness professionals thru CEC courses and programs that she developed and delivered.

Questions We Answer in This Episode:

  • How to create content that stands out

  • What do most fitness professionals do wrong as they enter into the online space?

  • What should fitness professionals focus on as they incorporate online training?

  • Tell us more about this upcoming Virtual Summit?


Your content that creates clients won’t look or sound like anyone else's. If it does, you have work to do. A copycat approach won’t work for an authentic success. 

Become a Fully Booked Online Fit-Pro: Where to Focus Your Time and Energy in 2023

https://fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fully-booked

Brandi on Social:

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/brandiclarkfit/

Facebook Group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitprohangout

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/standoutfitpro/

Resources:

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Other Episodes You Might Like:

The Truth About Email Frequency and Content: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/email-frequency/

12 Content Ideas for Fitness & Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/content-ideas/

What to Post on Social Media | How I Decide Weekly Content: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/what-to-post/

Direct download: FMM_Content_That_Creates_Clients_-_Edited_1.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

This 5-tip list is NOT elaborate. It IS the health coaches marketing formula you can count on. It’s easier and it’s lighter. Months ago I shared this within our Flipping50 Menopause Fitness Specialist support group.

It’s still a bit of a struggle for coaches who don’t have: 

A clear message 

That solves a customer-identified problem 

That the customer is actively seeking an answer to 

Sometimes it just takes a flip of content. 

For instance… if no one knows they need magnesium… and you’re not a pharmacist or doctor, telling benefits of magnesium is generally not going to be a hugely popular post. 

If magnesium supports sleep, constipation, and 400 other enzyme actions in the body… like metabolism the better lead might be “How magnesium supports menopause issues.” 

Or 

How to sleep without medication.

How to poop without laxatives.

And how to boost metabolism without tons of exercise. 

So… while this 5-tip health coach marketing formula for social media will help … you have to get beyond #1 in order for them to work.  

#1 A perfectly crafted message that solves a problem your customer has 

  • Non-salesy 
  • What problem does it solve?
  • How high a priority is it for your dream customer? 

#2 Good sound and clear visuals 

Good sound is a must if you’re narrating. Closed caption is also important since most have sound off by default. 

A casual pic on your iphone is perfect for stories. It may not be on your post. 

Over produced Canva-obvious graphics that look like a business are not the solution, though. 

#3 Post about 2 maybe 3 Reels per week 

Posting more cannibalizes your own content. 

Make it much better, much less often. Share it again, react and respond to comments. 

#4 Short beats long 

When you can use content less than 15 seconds that gives tons of value. Make them want to play it over and over again. If they watch 100% of it, it helps you be seen. If they play it over and over or save it… even better. 

#5 Talk, Tag, and Text repeat the SEO 

If your text (copy in the post) is unique to the video or the images… you lost an opportunity. You want layers of talking in a video, or words on a video Plus the tags you use Plus the copy you use. Repeat 3x for gold. It’s not this in the post graphic and that in the post message. 

Resources: 

Flipping50® Menopause Fitness Specialist: https://www.flippingfifty.com/specialist

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

2-Ingredient for Better Social Media Posts! Beyond Better & Less: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/better-social-media/

Fitness & Health Pros, Get More Social Media Traction: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/social-media-traction/

Personal Trainers: How to Boost Your Social Media Engagement: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/social-media-engagement/

Direct download: FMM_Health_Coaches_Marketing_Formula_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Let’s tackle this impressive-sounding term and science so your exercise prescriptions are on point! 

Your Health Coaching certification and your Group Fitness training don’t cover it. Your personal training certification doesn’t. 

The “minimum viable information a fitness or health professional needs to enter the field” is not enough for your support of women. Let alone women in menopause, the most significant disruptive period of her life (pun intended). 

So this episode aims to give you the insights about what it is and how and why it’s important. 

Responses in groups range from, “every woman is different” to “something is better than nothing” and these comments come from both our consumer members and our health and fitness professionals. 

This information provided exclusively on the She Means Fitness Business podcast is intended for health and fitness professionals to grow their business by enhancing awareness of strategies for coaching midlife women, marketing to midlife women who are looking for support, and for coaching midlife women in a way that helps them most, and helps you grow a thriving business - as a midlife women - given most of our audience though not all are themselves midlifers. 

The second step we offer helps women go from earning a sporadic income to increasing their monthly income by at least $5000 a month so that they can make a reasonable living. Once someone goes through 90 days of coaching and training to reach that, there’s a level of sustainability and the focus becomes scaling. Some trainers and health coaches may feel this  is “success.” Most however, if they’re honest truly want a greater impact and influence and freedom in finances and time for themselves. That’s really phase 3. 

You may be wondering, what’s step 1? That is the Flipping50 Menopause Fitness Specialist. If you’re not already well-versed in exercise endocrinology, this is the way to make sure you have answers when midlife clients have questions. You know what’s possible and within your scope and how to support and receive support from other allied health professionals. 

Here I’ll discuss exercise endocrinology basics: 

  • Definition (influence><) 

  • Type of exercise 

  • Timing of exercise 

  • Exercise nutrition 

  • Lifestyle habits influence on exercise endocrinology


Resources: 

Flipping50® Menopause Fitness Specialist: https://www.flippingfifty.com/specialist

Marketing to Women: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Other Episodes You Might Like:

3 Reasons and fixes Your Female Fitness Clients Aren’t Getting Results: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/female-fitness-clients/

3 Fast Ways to Better Results for Female Training Clients: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/female-training-clients/

7 Tips to be a Personal Trainer Every Midlife Woman Wants to Work With: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/be-a-personal-trainer/

 

 

Direct download: FMM_EXERCISE_ENDOCRINOLOGY_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

How would you like to reduce fitness marketing time and still continue to attract ideal clients? Yes, please, right!? 

Even better, is the idea that you can potentially get better results. You’ll hear why in this episode. 

Cranking out content every week takes time. I’m going to start with 5 mistakes I have made, and not going to lie, I can still default to these mistakes if I’m not careful! 

However, I want to say this, having to create content for two-arms of my business, our Flipping50® community and our Fitness Health Coaches and Trainers - has been the biggest eye-opening experience of my life. 

You can create MORE all day. And I'll tell you, I am prolific. It’s my superpower. I’m joking! It’s my safe place. I love to create. So naturally this is where I’ll bury myself on a Sunday morning. Not because I’m behind or don’t have a book or a walk or something better to do, I truly love it. But content creation - whether packages and services, or blogs and podcasts - that are not marketed… don’t help you or I. 

How bizarre is that? I just said that creating marketing copy that you don’t market doesn’t work. What I mean is the only way you can reduce fitness marketing time - and want to - is if you are getting the content you do create out there. You never want to create a podcast … post about it once, and never again talk about it!!! 

5 Ways to Reduce Fitness Marketing Time

  1. Script your videos. Don’t just turn on the camera and riff. At least not until you have an established audience and you go live and have people there who will ask questions. 

When you start scripting… you may realize as I do, I don’t have one video, I have 5. I have 5 short videos that I can drip out this next 2-3 weeks and stay congruent with the topic that is in alignment with whatever we’re promoting. 

 

  • Batch record. 

 

This is easy, when you do #1. Maybe it’s not batch record. Maybe it’s creating 12 photos of you with different expressions or using professionally done images in new ways. Maybe it’s finding the images you want to use or the graphics you’re going to use in Canva.com

 

  • Create posts in advance. 

 

I’m still of the school of thought that posts done in real time do better. At one point, who didn’t use Hootsuite, or some other 3rd party scheduler? Even Facebook or Instagram in advance - though they’re popular - I generally don’t.

What I do is create the content and use Trello.com so that the content is there, I copy it, paste it to the site and I’m done in minutes.

 

  • Observe engagement 

 

First because it informs what you do more of, what you stop doing or do less of, but also because this can be done in 15 minute increments every day. It’s THIS… not the post itself but you engaging with the followers who comment that matters!  

 

  • Think ahead. 

 

The more time you spend regularly before you go into production mode, the more reduction in your actual time creating marketing content you will spend. I do this “think time” while I’m lifting weights or I’m taking a hike. It’s the best place for ideas to come to me!

What’s coming up right now? Superbowl, Valentine’s Day, St Patrick’s Day, Spring Break, March Madness…. What do you want to do with each of those? What are you launching next month, the month after that? What do your clients need to know before they’d realize they need what you’re selling? That content pre-meditated and not “hey, we’re open” is the difference between engaging content and flat feeling like an ad content. 

People are on social media to see family and friends. No one wants to feel judged, like they’re in school, or to see an ad in your timeline posts. 

A little bonus is this… I’ve found that no longer is 4 posts a day on Facebook an advantage. And the more time I give my reels on Instagram to marinate and be the most recent content, while using stories to stay TOMA, the better they do. So reduce fitness marketing time by posting less.. Could also work for you. Test it. 

What about you? Ways you reduce your fitness marketing time?

Other Episodes You Might Like:

10 Social Media Tips That Work for Fitness & Health Professionals: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/social-media-tips-2/

Generate Simple Social Media Content Fast | Fitness Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/social-media-content/

Fitness Marketing Secrets to Recession-Proof with Bedros Keuilian: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-marketing-secrets/

Resources:

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard:https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

Direct download: FMM_reduce_fitness_marketing_time_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Wondering where your clients come from? You’ve got the cert, the degree, the lululemons and still not many clients filling your schedule or revenue filling your bank? 

When you’re ready for Facebook Ads, this is your episode.  

Small budget? 

Start your Facebook ads by creating a leads campaign. 

The Basics

To Begin Using Facebook ads:

You need a personal profile 

To Create a business page

From your business page you create a Facebook business manager.

This is where all of your ads are created.

Leads help you create an email list. This email list is where you’ll begin creating sales. 

Selling directly to a cold audience is expensive and the results are dismal. That means just deciding you have a program starting and you want to advertise is about 2 months too late. You ideally have started 2 or more months ago sending traffic to a lead generator that was free and you’ve been nurturing those new subscribers ever since. Now they’re warm leads who want the next step. 

Start by giving something that will lead to a sale later. 

The shorter that path to a sale the better.

At some point though, you’ll want to increase your traffic to an opt in that you know your ideal customer wants. 

The higher the conversion rate for you the better. Ideally you know that from looking at your Google Analytics. From it you can see how many land on your opt in page in a given date range. Then you can see how many land on your thank you page in a given date range. From the two you know your conversion rate, right? 

You want to be sure that you share the freebie to social, any existing email list and get as much traffic as possible 

Two Tips:

  • Keep the form filled on Facebook for the lowest cost leads. From your thank you page, which can double as your opt in page you’ll take them to the next step. An automation email will drop them right into your email list where you should have
  • Broad audience – that means about a million people

All CRMS have a Facebook integration. No matter what Customer Relations Management you use, you’ll find some support for connecting to Facebook. If you’re not technical, and don’t want to do your own ads at all, you DO want to know what’s possible. You need to know what numbers you want and are possible.

Ready for Traffic?

If you don’t have a freebie that converts, creating one is your first order of business. 

Share it with your most active and engaged social media channels. Test and establish that your ideal client wants it.

Resources: 

Ultimate Freebie Creation: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/bestfreebies

Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard

 

Other Episodes You May Like: 

The Perfect Facebook Ads Formula for Fitness & Health Businesses: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fb-ads-facebook-ads-formula/

11 More Ways to Boost Personal Training Leads, Sales and Revenue:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/11-ways-boost-personal-training-leads-sales-revenue/

3 Ways to Increase Your Email Opens (social posts & website traffic) NOW!: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/ways-to-increase/

Direct download: FMM_Next_Clients_-_edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

You may have the best heart, the best program, or be the best local trainer or health coach, but if you haven’t figured out ways to market your health & coaching business consistently, effectively, then no one knows about you.  

There are dozens of ways for you to market your health coaching business here. Some are direct and others indirect. Indirectly marketing means you’re not just sharing your freebie. That still feels a little like someone you’ve never met stalking you for a date. You have no reason or motivation to get a freebie (let alone, to those of you who are posting on social media your programs and hoping that people register from social media – that strategy unfortunately would go on the “20 ways to kill your organic marketing” list.  

Indirectly marketing your freebie means you’re sharing it but leading with some other generous offer first. Did you know? We no longer require 7 touches before someone will know, like, and trust you – potentially even enough to give you an email, let alone buy from you – it takes about 21 today!

 Yes, 21 times(many say 28) in front of someone. And they are not seeing every post you painstakingly made on social media. People have lives. They don’t wait for your next post, email, or video. So create, yes. Then share, send, and resend when they didn’t open. Be purposeful, have a plan and it’s then that these will get your wheels creative juices going! 

You can return to this over and over! It’s not a checklist suggesting you need them all, but you do need number 1, then you need to give it wheels as many of the additional simple ways to market your health & fitness coaching business will.

Create a Freebie

If you don’t have one you love, that works consistently, focus on this until you do. Where do you post it? Not just hidden on your website. In your blogs, podcasts, interviews, and on social posts in an organic not spammy way. Be sure that you don’t make this mistake: make a freebie, and then leave it. Or this mistake: make a freebie and then make another and another. Stick with your freebie. Promote it, and drive traffic to it (in ways I’ll share below as well as paid traffic depending on your budget).

Watch your conversions every week. How many people actually opt in for it? If you create anything… that no one wants.. you’ve wasted time. So be sure you base what you make on what your customer wants. Keep tweaking until you know that the conversion rate (number of people who land on your freebie thank you page after being presented with your freebie) is high before you go and create another one. 

Not many things on this list will market your health & fitness coaching business the way a freebie will. It’s going to be true for a long time. 

Pop Ups

Add a pop up on your website to the freebie. 

Examples of pop ups include: announcing something special, are you leaving/before you go, and did you forget? I’m including 3 images of pop-ups in the notes here that may give you ideas. And yes, they can be annoying. But they do work. 

Create content that lives forever: 

Start a Blog

Write an Article or post for someone else.

Create a Video 

Start a Podcast. 

Every time you post a new blog (relevant), video, or podcast, insert a ‘native’ CTA for the freebie and then create a slice of that content and share it on at least 5 platforms with a graphic. Haven’t been doing this and have tons of content (a book? Blog or podcast?)? You can go back and do this for every one of them! Continue to share them once created over and over again. This is really an indirect share of your freebie. 

You’ve got gold, now you just need to harvest it! The gold here is that as long as the content is still relevant, you can and should drive traffic to it regularly.

 Examples of These Simple Ways to Market your health & fitness coaching business in Action: 

I have a knee strengthening video on YouTube.  It has millions of views. In it there are 5 or 6 exercises. I can and should share ONE of them in a short video post and tell them that to get the rest of the exercises they can watch the full-length video here…xxxx. 

I can also share a study about omega 3 and inflammation in knees (I have in my arsenal) and suggest if they want other ways to exercise for relief... they watch the video. 

So while I’m sharing a free social post to another free full length video... in order to finally give them an option to “opt in” and subscribe to my email list with another “freebie” – it often takes that kind of chain reaction to prove the trust factor to a new prospect. (85% of consumers make a slower decision than the 15% of us who may jump in)

Got tons of blogs? Create a book using them. Each blog can be a chapter. In every chapter link to or send to the free resources in your freebie. The book itself can be your freebie. Using a free book with shipping or a free pdf version with a small fee.  (Often called a “trip wire” based on the theory that buyers of a small item are usually the best buyers for something more). 

Be a Guest. Every time you’re a guest on someone’s stage, podcast, or summit, share your freebie, with a juicy description. It’s not a pdf, it’s a solution to a big problem your audience has. 

Ask for a Referral current members to give you a paid client. Ask ONE person for one referral. Don’t send some kind of a broadcast to a group of people expecting someone to step up. What happens when you do that in a room? Everyone believes someone else will but feels no obligation or inspiration to do so. 

Tell them how to do it in a specific way and reward them both. 

Share success stories/ testimonials. When you do this, how you get your testimonials matters. It’s not an accident. There are questions you absolutely want to ask and those that you don’t. 

Want help collecting testimonials? 

Sponsor an event. 

Events are always looking for business partners who then get their name on the t-shirt, or the advertisement, or get to talk at the event. Explore how much it would be and the visibility you would have. 

What this looks like: 

I sponsored an event for $12500. I was a keynote speaker, had a vendor booth, and gave a workout one morning before sessions. I paid for my sponsor multiple times over in the revenue from new clients and students that continue to be a part of programs today. So don’t dismiss these paid opportunities to be in front of a dream live audience. They may be a far better investment than paying for Facebook or Google ads to strangers. 

Brand It

Consider putting your own brand name and logo on a t-shirt. Then wear it every time you’re on camera. Strategically you want to make sure placement of the logo is clear and legible and probably higher up than you might ordinarily have it on a t-shirt. I was on with a colleague recently and watched a replay clip of us he shared. In it, he had on his branded shirt, and while I was in brand colors, he was a billboard in his shirt, as well as in the graphics framing the clip that was used for social media. Brilliant! I go to the gym or to run errands regularly wearing a visor. Why wouldn’t I get branded visors made? In fact, I have one. There are dozens of ways you can apply this. 

Be a Vendor

Be a vendor with a booth at a health fair or women’s event/kids’ event (where would your customer be?) There’s a fee but if it’s your specific demographic it’s probably a lot better way to spend that money than spend the same on Facebook ads. 

Host a program for your (or other) church

Present at Women’s Meetings

Contact women’s organizations in the late spring/early summer about doing a program for them next year. This is when many organizations wrap up for the summer, new officers are installed, and t

he new Vice President or Education chair has the task of deciding the programs for the next calendar year before fall. Sometimes organizations -specifically women’s philanthropic organizations – have multiple divisions in the same town/city. In the college town I lived for 30 years there were 20 unique subdivisions and I presented at more than half over the years. 

Market Your Health & Fitness Business with Radio Exposure

Contact the local radio station about a month or day – sleep awareness month, osteoporosis day – and offer to provide tips and do a talk show or be interviewed with their host. When you’re booked, promote promote, promote. After you’re on, get the recording, send it out and promote, promote, promote.

Use that station’s logo on your site in an “as seen on.” 

Be Seen on TV

Contact the local TV station and pitch a newsworthy story. Use statistics, and tie it to their largest audience. You’ll need to do research on the kind of stories they do, the kind of guests they host, as well as know key soundbites that you can give them. They’re busy. Make their job easy by providing the news, why it’s relevant, timely and why you’re the expert. Provide your contact info and 4 questions you can answer. Call, email, and keep asking to talk to the producer until you get an answer. Once you’re booked, do a good job and you’ll be asked back.

Double your Reach

Create a Buddy Pass**. If you already have clients joining your programs, whether your paid or your freebies, give them a buddy pass to share with a friend for 50% off. You’ll want to tie this to some kind of reward for the one who shares it. She wants to save! So… you can do this for a special product right off the bat, a buy 1, get the second 50% off and say instead of each option costing $50 the two can join for $75. 

Make Gift Giving Easy

Mother’s Day, Christmas, Birthdays… are all perfect opportunities for gift certificates, or special promotions. But… don’t stop there. It’s not really special for you to say, “Spend your gift money here.” Instead sweeten the pot. Include a package they can wrap up: send an actual book (not a pdf), a journal, a set of bands, a t-shirt, sweat towel, small ball, etc. Make it something you’ll incorporate into your workouts or coaching. 

Then include a $10 off or $50 off a next step program for the gift recipient too. So you’re not just getting a new client sale, you’re increasing the chance they’ll make a second purchase and planting that seed for them too. 

**About buddy passes and gift giving ease: These are ways to market your health & fitness business… as long as you talk about them! And if your ideal target market is following you, invite them to share the news with their gift-buyer! Or Be sure you know WHO you’re talking to when you post or email… in the gift case you’d potentially be targeting a partner or daughter or son. You have to give that some thought. 

Attend Training with Other Business Owners

The networking with other business owners that you do alone can be worth the cost of attending. This could be as small as attending your Chamber of Commerce business networking breakfast once a month. But it can today be virtual and if your business is virtual, even better. Yesterday in fact, on day one of a two-day training on business skills (yes, even after marketing fitness for 35 years I still invest in learning and getting coached myself). 

In our small group, we had a chance to hear each other and everyone in my group needed what I have. When you have your radar open to every situation you’re in, there is a potential to meet others who need your services, it can happen organically. Even if not them, their wives, or moms or daughters or a corporate presentation could be waiting for you. 

There you are! All the best in 2023!

Resources for building your business: 

Marketing to Women Copywriting course: https://www.flippingfifty.com/copywriting-course 

Flipping 50 Menopause Specialist: https://www.flippingfifty.com/specialist 

Help Your Clients Sleep: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/sleeper

 

Direct download: FMM_20_ways_to_marketEdited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Can you talk to customers the way their friends do? 

If the customers you want to attract want clarity, want to end the confusion, want confidence, they also want to sense it from you. 

Two Common Incongruencies:

Fitness and health coaches who are over the top on social videos, moving in a frenzy, speaking with overzealous enthusiasm … that isn’t a fit for the market they want to attract with money to spend, and the commitment to follow through. 

Fitness coaches forget about the customer they want to attract and the mistakes of making videos on social media – that don’t get any likes, shares, views, comments or saves. 

Don’t forget WHO you are and WHO your ideal prospect is. Reverse engineer from your ideal customer – the one you know has the most success and that you love working with! 

Talk So Customers Listen

How do you talk to customers in a way they’d listen? What tone of voice, what rate of speech, what type of video would appeal to THEM? 

If you’re just trying to compete for eyeballs without caring which eyeballs, your popularity, if you get it may cost you. Wasted time on people who want freebies, or entertainment… and maybe not even that. Because without being authentic, it’s hard to attract anyone.  

Know who you are, and who the customers you want to attract are! Be you and speak to them like a friend not like a speech or performance. You want to talk authentically whether you’re writing, actually speaking, or in a video moving. 

Other 5-Minute Marketing Episodes You May Like: 

How to Promote on Your Timeline Posts: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/timeline-posts/

Post Less, Engage More: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/engage-more/

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Last chance! If you're seeing this and you work with women in midlife, now is your chance! Join the Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialists already earning and learning more to boost their business this year! 

Direct download: FMM_Talk_to_customers_-_Edited_-_2.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Timeline posts that are promotional read like ads. Ads push people away. People come to social media for social awareness, laughter, to see what friends are doing, to get to know you, education -as long as it’s entertaining. 

Engagement tells you everything. If you post promotions and no one likes it, comments on it, shares it, or saves it  or fewer than 10 people do any one of those, you are hurting yourself. 

Timeline posts that are promotional, even including paid advertising, ultimately hurt your organic reach. 

Use the evidence that you have as the testimonial for this one. I can think of 2 recent students doing this regularly, and even my own example of doing this a month ago (after having not done so for more than two years as a rule.) The performance of that post was pathetic. And now? It’s sitting there as a sore thumb. Archiving content that doesn’t serve you is a good idea. Get rid of it so no one else scrolls through your timeline if they’re looking at you for the first time. 

Case Study:

A recent social media Instagram audit revealed that more than 80% of posts were promotional. They were either images of programs or the post copy did nothing more than relay the details of the start and cost. 

Once we reviewed how to share tips included in the program and then tease a free next step, engagement went up and conversions to paid customers began to rise consistently. That is, even though promotions were down to 10-20%, the effectiveness improved dramatically. 

Using a place where people want entertainment, humor and to catch up with friends, to promote will backfire.

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Post Less, Engage More: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/engage-more/

Fitness Marketing Secrets to Recession-Proof: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/the-voice-for-fitness-professionals-podcast/

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course



Direct download: FMM_-_Timeline_posts_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 2:30am MDT

Better social media posts come from 2 things.

A watched post never boils….oh, that’s pot. But the same is true. If you look at a post every 

hour or in 20 hours and think, it didn’t get much engagement I’ve got to post again, you’re missing the boat.

#1 Post less often. 

#2 Keep them more engaged on previous posts.

Too often we’re confusing better social media posts with posting more. Instead, post stories. Why? Because no one can watch just one story anymore than they can watch just one reel. 

How do you watch stories? You land on a story and then you click click click through all of them from the same account. So does your prospect. So they will see the post that you shared, then you immediately shared to your story (you did that right?) and you can post it again to stories after the first disappears in 24 hours. 

Go Big, Then Go Home... and Relax

Try posting something bigger less frequently and then blow it up with stories. 

Better social media posts come from a blend of mindfulness about your customer, and a little luck. I recently had a reel get 14K views in 2 hours with no idea why. I couldn’t distinguish it from others that had far less engagement. So there is a timing, there is music - use good not overused music over reels. Try voiceover reels. Try it all. When the algorithm changes you’ll have to determine again how to create better social media posts. 

But you should never have to determine what your audience wants. When you know them you should always get a consistent connection. Remember that if you pass this off to a VA who is doing it for you, it’s still you that should monitor the posts, and review the insights to be sure: 

  • You’re growing
  • You do more of what works less of what doesn’t
  • They use your voice 
  • The engagement you get comes from the customers you want

Here’s to better not more! 

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Post Less Engage More: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/engage-mroe

6 Ways to Boost Your PR Without a PR Company (or Budget): https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/boost-your-pr/

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 

Marketing to Women: Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course



Direct download: FMM_-_Better_Social_Media_Posts_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 7:38pm MDT

How would you like to engage more people on every social media post? 

Make juicy content and then post stories to bring you TOMA of your account. But stop cannibalizing your own content. I know “they” tell you to post every day, four times a day, but that’s old news and it’s not working. 

This is. 

I post daily and I might get 2000 views on a video and 60 likes. 

I post every 3 or 4 days and I get 5000-6000 views and 2-300 likes and comments.  

As the algorithm changes, so too must you change. 

Posting on social media frequently was truly a thing in 2013 and 2014. In fact, posting 4 times a day on Facebook was a thing and worked. It doesn’t any more. Unless, possibly you are in real estate, selling houses and your audience is looking for a house right now. 

With fitness, you may wear out your welcome posting that much consistently. It might work for a “day in the life” post or an “How I eat in a day” series of posts. And always, if you have a theory about what will work because you know your audience, test it. 

Will your ideal clients follow multiple posts a day? Are you really capturing her or are you throwing things out there trying to capture anyone? Do you want to post many times and get little engagement on any one post, or post once, and reshare it to stories, to your personal feed, several times to boost its appeal? 

Likewise, consider what your posts are doing for you. Are you just throwing up cute memes? Or are you connecting, relating, or driving traffic to more important content? My goal is 99% the latter. I bring eyeballs to my content over and over instead of thinking of new posts that dead end over and over. 

In 2022, good content that your audience wants was gold.That’s not going to stop in 2023. Let a post take your ideal prospect to somewhere for a deeper relationship. Hint though: it’s not a sale, a promotion. It’s a cornerstone piece of content or a freebie.  

Post less, engage more by using stories. 

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Best Social Media Fitness Posts Right Now: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/best-social-media/

What to Post on Social Media: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/what-to-post/

Resources: 

Health & Fitness Business Scorecard: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/scorecard 



Direct download: FMMPost_Less_Engage_More_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Chances are if you don’t have deep pockets you need ways to boost your PR without having to spend thousands of dollars on a PR agency.  I’ve got 6 and a list of examples both in the episode and the shown notes here. 

Don’t skip the homework! Taking action is the only way to make the time you spend listening worthwhile! I love to brainstorm and conceptualize as much as any entrepreneur. But it’s in the followthrough that business owners win. 

Collaborate with other fitness & health coaches 

            You do fitness? Find a health coach or functional doctor who is recommending exercise but isn’t an exercise specialist 

            You train women? Find someone who trains men and cross promote you to their audience and them to yours

Call your media stations (on Speed Dial RIGHT NOW) 

Ask whether they host guests. 

Ask what their lead time would be. 

Follow their anchors or segment hosts 

Use Your Media Segments 

It’s never the one time you’re on air for 3 minutes. It’s what you do with them.  

Host a “Show” 

            It could be a podcast but doesn’t have to be. Live on FB, IG, or YT with a guest  

Host Leaders of your industry niche 

            Senior Games hosts of each state, National 

            Menopause Society and NAMS 

            Fitness Associations 

            Fitness Conferences 

Write a book. 

            Self-publish

            Co-author

            Small publisher 

            Traditional (longer timeline)

There you have it, 6 simple ways to boost your PR without it costing an arm and leg. Which did you like best? Which will you do first? 

Other Episodes & Resources You Might Like: 

5 Step Blogs: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/best-blogs/

7 Things Profitable Trainers Know: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/profitable-trainers/

12 Content Ideas for Fitness & Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/content-ideas/

Create an Irresistible Fitness Freebie: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/irresistible-freebie-how-to/

If you're talking, creating video, posting and have the website and emails, but still business is slow? You most likely are not using words that your ideal customers need in order to reach for their credit card and ask how they work with you. Get support now to stop struggling and start attracting. 

Direct download: FFM_Marketing_Tips_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 6:39am MDT

We’ve got fitness marketing secrets for you inside this episode. Every other word is nearly a pearl, a story, or advice for you to recession-proof for this recession/depression that is ahead. 

Though he’s the author of Man Up, and the title may not turn your head, it’s for you too. It's HU-Man, up. There’s never been a better time to be a woman in business. The power and the influence you have and the ripple effect of that extending through each woman you help influencing others can change health care history. 

My Guest: 

Bedros Keuilian is an American Entrepreneur and a believer in the American Dream. He and his family are immigrants who escaped communism and came to the United States to find freedom, opportunity and a better life.

Today Bedros is a serial entrepreneur and investor in over a dozen industry leading brands and businesses. He’s the founder of Fit Body Boot Camp, three times listed in Inc Magazine as well as Entrepreneur Magazine’s 100 fastest growing franchise brands in the world. Bedros is the author of the Wall Street Journal Best Selling book Man Up – How To Cut The BS and Dominate In Business and In Life.

Bedros believes in the power of the human spirit and uses the stage, TV, social media, his podcast and his blog to share his Immigrant Edge and American Dream story to help inspire audiences worldwide to get unstuck and reach their fullest potential!

Questions we answer in this episode: 

04:14 You’ve coached trainers on the practical aspects of fitness business. Yet, leadership and personal development are what you seem to be talking about now, what’s behind that? 

What two “Rs” does Bedros recommend we all learn? 

08:16 Since the pandemic happened, how do fitness providers deal with this mom

23:20 How does your ability to make decisions quickly matter? 

27:25 How do you build your decision-making muscle? 

31:32 Who’s a better leader, an introvert or extrovert? 

53:24 How would you start over and be seen and heard? 

There is so much more in this episode you do NOT want to miss. Play it. Play it again. 

You’re going to hear these remarkable “quotables,” or Bedros-isms, to help you recession-proof your business(and your mindset) right now: 

2 Rs to Success

Check Up from the Neck Up

The model of F.I.O.

The subconscious mind doesn't know the difference between a small or big decision.

-Bedros Keuilian 

Connect with Bedros: 

https://www.youTube.com/bedroskeuilian

https://www.Instagram.com/bedroskeuilian

Bedros’ Book is MAN UP on Amazon: https://www.amazon.com/Man-Up-Bullshit-Kick-Business/dp/1946885037/ref=tmm_hrd_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=1670003450&sr=8-1

My suggestion: get the Audible version: https://www.audible.com/pd/Man-Up-Audiobook/B07KBF2J23?source_code=GPAGBSH0508140001&ipRedirectOverride=true&gclid=Cj0KCQiA4aacBhCUARIsAI55maEeFDUoXvbgmPyh7eH9rxFtgSSOtwCE-OUW0eyTlUDuEGXatQvzLJUaAlsTE

ALw_wcB&gclsrc=aw.ds

 

Direct download: FMM-_Bedros_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 12:24pm MDT

Your choice of color might be hurting your business. This episode, and the sister episode on Flipping 50©, will be a big eye opener for you. 

What benefit could dressing in your eye color or using your hair color for accents have for you? 

If your choice of color sends the wrong message how much could you benefit from a change? 

Feel a lack of confidence going on video or getting your pictures taken ? 

It could be color. 

I've loved and been drawn to specific colors all my life. I've also hated certain ones. And in a standoff with my then new stepfather at age 7 I wasn't shy about what I liked and didn't and what I'd wear and wouldn't. I won. But, years later I know now that brown may in fact have been my better choice. Every time you dress, you create an image, you design or tweak your website or someone creates images for you, imagine if you could improve your relationship with your customers or would-be customers. What would that do for your business? If just doing the same thing, but you improved your results by 10 or 20%, would that be okay? 

Heck, yes! 

And know it or not consciously, you feel better in certain hues and tones and more selfconscious in others. Why not eliminate the random choices right now ? 

Questions we answer in this short episode: 

How important is color to relationship building in a business? 

What are some ways to implement color into more than just wardrobe choice? 

I’d love to know, have you experienced the influence of right vs wrong choice of color? What happened? 

Connect: 

https://membership.jenniferbutlercolor.com/

Schedule A call: 323-931-26266 Leslie

JENNIFER on Social Media:

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jenniferbutlercolor/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/JenniferButlerColor

Complimentary masterclass with Jennifer! Don’t miss it!

https://www.eventbrite.com/o/jennifer-butler-color-30053486018

promo code FIRSTTIME to attend for free.



Direct download: FMMJennifer_Butler_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 2:23pm MDT

Whether you’re overworking because it’s still a side-hustle for you and you can’t let go of that “real job” with real benefits or you’re overdoing all the social media posting and getting no traction anyway, or… you’re making money and seeing profit margin grow but still working constantly .. this is for you. It’s a wake up call. 

Overworking and underearning feel a little too like you? I get it. 

The excuse that you love what you do isn’t enough. Not if,you have to pay the bills, or you really had to prove to someone this isn’t a hobby and you could actually sustain your living doing what you love. 

There are dozens if not hundreds of fitness presenters that you know like and trust, that can’t make a living doing what they’re presenting on. They are telling you how to create group training programs and often have never solely earned a living doing it. They’ve coppled together half a dozen jobs, teaching at multiple sites, teaching at universities, and still aren’t earning the kind of revenue they want, need or deserve. 

So, how do you? How do you break this cycle and stop seeing what appears superficially to be such a cool position to be in, and really create a life where you have free time, a family or travel and leisure ways you spend time? 

Feeling like you have to do more…

True confessions, I’m not proud of this one. And it still plagues me to this day. 

Even though I have 6-figure months. If you’re trying to make your first $1000 month or $10k month, I get it. I have been there. One month at a time, one sale at a time, is the only way any of us gets there. And.. not only have I done it, I’ve done it with high stakes. At 49, 11 years divorced, with a son starting college, I started over. When others were thinking about a corner office and a convertible, I committed to the dining room table and to driving my Lexus until the wheels fell off. (I pretty much accomplished that) AND, I said, if I’m not where I need to be in a year, I’ll sell the house. As it turned out I had to. 

Pro or Con?

Fortunately, I had no debt before I started all of this. 

Unfortunately, I had no debt before all of this… because I didn’t understand calculated risk. I didn’t understand the feeling of creating a responsible debt in order to create something scalable. Well, I learned. You know, present the problem and the teacher shows up? All that. 

I have always worked a lot when I had a responsibility, a goal, a deadline. It wasn’t only the urgency of staring at 50 living in a bedroom - with my dog - of my niece while paying college tuition that drove me. So, I share this with you in case you too are driven to do well. 

You may be putting off taking the leap. I did. For two years I’d been thinking about leaving my job and doing something with a bigger reach. Then during a trip to Cozumel during Thanksgiving week - it’s easy to dream and plan out of your environment, I sketched out all my ideas. At the end of the year, I intended to give notice. I didn’t. January 15th I intended to. I didn’t. On January 16th I finally did it at lunch with the boss. I formally turned in my resignation letter the next day. 

Leaving is Hard

Leaving that job was hard. I had the flexibility and freedom to work in a way that got the job done, hit and surpassed my numbers every month, cared more than anyone else about the numbers, and wanted to do better and better. But I was beginning to see I had done with the people there and the systems there I was reaching an upper limit. I wanted to take the systems I’d created and share them. It’s what I used as framework for Flipping 50, and it’s what I use to coach trainers and health coaches in our mastermind (DIY and Live coaching) how to do it too. 

I still work hard, but I love it. I love the freedom to take off for 10 days and be in Colorado, working in the morning and later in the day, and spending the day hiking, and strolling Pearl St in Colorado. I love the flexibility of blocking out days when I may be shooting videos for a program, or… I may be on a trail in Moab creatively allowing ideas for a business plan to take on a life. 

And yet, that entire 6 weeks when I was still locked into a regular paycheck and benefits, it was hard to face the reality that it would all be up to me. 

So, I still work hard. It’s become a habit. 

I am better. And it takes discipline to stay better. 

I meditate on this. I use discipline and accountability with friends. Because I still need it. 

When I began Flipping 50, in 2013.. There was a lot of research, a lot of work and testing, and very little revenue. 

That gave me anxiety. 

I had been in a very comfortable mid-six figure earning range for several years, with no debt, owned my own house, drove a Lexus, belonged to the country club and the women’s sorority and all the things. 

And then 11 months later, I’d withdrawn from my job putting me in front of audiences regularly, on the radio regularly, leading teams and without an income that covered expenses, beginning to make me very uncomfortable. 

So I worked. I worked from rise to bedtime sometimes and I vividly remember not getting out of my pajamas some days. I remember starting at my dining room table at 6am and finishing not before 10pm. 

And there was online learning, coaching sessions, developing copy, creating offers, learning tech, and online commerce, and Facebook ads. 

I hadn’t been afraid of hard work before that. In fact, I joked before and during my resignation that I was going to spend my flexible 60+ hour work week on my own business and thought I could be at least as successful as I was running a program and have a bigger reach in an area that needed it.

[I was targeting trainers. Some of you may be here because of the Profitable Programming for Personal Trainers program that was my first offer and coaching that was a part of that for those that chose it. [And the Planned, Profitable Promotions masterclass is launching soon. This model has evolved but still works today to plan every month, quarter, and year.]

And I was right. 

For a few years it was scary AF. And I wasn’t even making enough to cover my rent, utilities, grocery needs, let alone the cost of investing in my business skill development. 

But I did. 

I invested 100k in programs and masterminds because I needed a guide who had done it, and a community who didn’t look at me like I had 3 heads (to this day my relatives don’t really know what I do). 

And.. instead of making 5-7k a month (with no debt/mortgage/car payment) as I had when I left safety and security in January 2013, I hit 6-figures in more and more months every year. 

AND, I don’t need to work as much.

I don’t need to work as hard.

BUT I do sometimes. 

So what is that about? 

That’s really what this episode is about. 

If you’re just starting and this feels like, there is no way I can relate to you. I can. 

I promise. 

My rent was $3000 a month in the mountains after I’d sold my house because I needed the money. My bank account was so low I got a $13k loan from a relative. 

I know exactly where I was sitting that night talking to him on the phone accepting his offer for a loan. I know I was in tears and felt like a loser and so helpless. 

And the tears I believe looking back were less about hopelessness than they were pride and inability to ask for help. 

Once I sold my house, about 5 dicey months later while living in the basement bedroom of my niece’s home, I invested $20k of it into a mastermind 2 months later. 

And it made me feel both vulnerable and supported all at the same time. I knew I had found someone who had been there. And who could help me accelerate what I needed to do, eliminate what I didn’t need to do, and get out of my own way. 

You, by the way can simultaneously be coaching someone to do something you know already and be reaching out to someone to coach you to do something you don’t know yet. 

If you are a good coach, you are coachable. 

Once you establish habits, even if they aren’t serving you or you aren’t getting results, habits are hard to break. 

Cigarettes for instance, are making it hard for the smoker to walk upstairs, to catch her breath, but it’s such an addictive habit that it’s hard to break. 

If you’ve always received praise for hard work, (and it’s pretty likely if you’re in midlife or older you did), then that is really embedded in your fiber. 

It might be weird for you to hear this, but you have to unlearn the “hard work pays off” mantra. 

If you’re overworking and underearning, you’re at least partially to blame. 

You have to start considering, what if it was easy? 

Even sayings like, don’t make it easy, make me stronger, can backfire on you. Because, think about it, what are you telling the universe? Give you something hard to do. 

And if you pray or hope for patience, what’s going to happen? You might get stuck in traffic or delay success. Because you asked for these lessons. 

What do I do to avoid overworking and underearning ?

Let me clarify that overworking at first may give you traction. Like it did me. This is IF you are doing the right things. However, at a point, you will find you hit a place where your ROI has hit a threshold. It will be true that working more rewards you less and less. Not only in money. But many of us though we need and want to make a living and have a lifestyle, we want something more than money. We want quality of life, freedom, flexibility, and we want to make a difference. We want a legacy. 

That’s in part both egoistic and altruistic. Both parts exist in all of us. 

So depending on where you are… 

Overworking and underearning because you just got started and want to get there faster (like I did) …

overworking and underearning because you’re not doing the right things….

Or you’re overworking and underearning because while you’re making many times over what you did once, you’re continuing to pour into it out of habit, and the idea that YOU must. 

Here’s how I’m working on this:

I start my day very differently than I have before (different choices produce different results)

I tap into my most creative time of day to do work. 

I know when to pull away because I lose my attention and focus. 

And I tell a friend who won’t let me off the hook for it and keeps on me. 

I feed my brain and soul with the right books, podcasts - like this one, exposure to friends and coaches doing the same but maybe in different ways so I can explore ideas for my customers.

At bedtime, I mentally practice again what I did in the morning. Just for a few minutes before I sleep. 

Every day. Not sometimes. Every day I do these things. 

Every month I break out of routine for 3 days. Some months that is a mastermind event I attend, others that I host. And sometimes is a staycay and others a go-away stay. 

Then, I take a trip every quarter for a week. These last two trips have been to Colorado. These are trips where I do what I want to do when I want to do it. There isn’t an agenda. There may be family, there may be friends. If for instance there’s a retreat(I’m hosting or attending) or I’m flying in for a private half day with a few clients, I add time before or after it. The work time is not my break.  

Too many fitness professionals are overworking and underearning. Too many health coaches are doing the same. 

Whether you’re overworking because it’s still a side-hustle for you and you can’t let go of that “real job” with real benefits or you’re overdoing all the social media posting and getting no traction anyway, or… you’re making money and seeing profit margin grow but still working constantly .. this was for you. It’s a wake up call. 

ATTEND FREE: 

My Masterclass to help you PLAN and increase profit and make it predictable - in terms of time demands and revenue.. https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/planpromos

She Means Fitness Business Episodes You’ll Love: 

For an episode that relates and will help you realize 5 Key areas to growth: 

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-scorecard 



Direct download: FMM-_Overworking_and_underearning_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 2:15pm MDT

To earn more you have to have a sense of your value, your distinct difference (sometimes called brand), and you have to believe the transformation you offer is worth it. 

Have you cried in a meeting? Have you broken into tears asking for help? Have you been in  tears about your current job situation and yet not known what to do about it? 

In this short episode, I ask Dr Sharon Melnick about two key scenarios I’ve seen over and over in the fitness industry. Whether it’s happened to you, or almost, or you can empathize because maybe you so get it but wouldn’t allow yourself to be in that situation… this is for you. 

The episode describing Dr. Melnick’s new book is available at flippingfifty.com/in-your-power for you to listen to after this. 

My Guest: 

Sharon Melnick, PhD is an executive coach for women leaders who shows them how to be heard, stop second guessing, and use their power to create change.

Her approaches are informed by 10 years of Psychology research at Harvard Medical School. She's coached/ trained 40,000 professionals at over 50 Fortune 500 companies and numerous start-ups and women-led companies, and presented at conferences worldwide (including at the White House, West Point, and the United Nations).

Her new book about how women can use their power to advance their career and end disrespect is titled In Your Power: React Less, Regain Control, Raise Others, available now for pre-order. She is also the best-selling author of Success under Stress: Powerful Tools to Stay Calm, Confident, and Productive when the Pressure’s On. Dr Melnick enjoys hosting the Power Shift podcast.

Questions Dr. Melnick answers in this episode: 

  • Female fitness professionals notoriously struggle to charge enough to make enough - what advice would you offer? 
  • Women in fitness working for small, mid, and large size fitness centers tend to bring emotions with them to meetings. The saying, there’s no crying in business comes to mind. But I’ve seen tears way too often in meetings with upper management. 

That’s it. Helpful? You can earn more by stepping into your own power. 

Get the Book! And GIFTS!

 www.inyourpowerbook.com

Connect with Sharon:

https://www.Instagram.com/drsharonmelnick

https://www.linkedin.com/in/sharonmelnick/



Direct download: FMM_Sharon_Melnick_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 9:17am MDT

As a health entrepreneur there can be a roller-coaster of emotions. If it attracts you, it excites you. You love everything about health, wellness, fitness and you like reading it, watching it, doing it. You’re drawn to new books of all kinds - cookbooks, detox books, and you’re following influencers and educators learning as much as you can. 

Then there’s the resistance. As you look around you, not all in your immediate environment are seeking the same kind of growth or knowledge. They resist change and enjoy their lifestyle even if not their results. To them, you’re the oddball, the obsessed, and constantly thinking and talking about health. 

So from one health entrepreneur to another, I bring you this episode with Jon Carder. Each of us gets to our own tolerance level. Whether it’s our health or our illness tolerance, or it’s the resistance from others. 

Unless you surround yourself with enough people who do believe, who get you, and who are like you, it’s all too easy to wonder, is it you? Are you the one going in the wrong direction? 

Are you a lone health entrepreneur? 

For me, this happened in 1982-86. I was shifting into a world I’d never been exposed to before. One that was wide open with other ways to choose how to live and care for yourself. And I loved it and was thriving thanks to it. But constant comments and swimming upstream in a world not tuned into health, wellness, and fitness as more than a “craze” was hard. 

As it turns out, I was ahead of my time. But without a community who felt the same. So this is for you if you’re in need of community and a reminder this will always happen if you’re starting something. 

Questions we answer in this episode: 

You described yourself as a hotdog salesman shut down at an early age… and that was the beginning. What was the attraction for you? It really wasn’t a love for hotdogs… why do you think you didn’t just want to be shooting hoops or hanging at the pool? 

From hotdogs to making health more accessible to more people, that’s a pivot. Describe your business entrepreneurial pivots due to failures…  

You quit college to do your own business, what kind of resistance did you experience? Did your parents love the fact you quit college? 

Connect with Jon:

Website: FREE TRIAL 

On Social:

Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/company/wearevessel

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/vesselhq

Twitter: https://twitter.com/wearevessel

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/vesselhealth/

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Female Entrepreneur Playbook: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/female-entrepreneur-playbook/

New Female Fitness Entrepreneur Podcast: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/female-fitness-entrepreneurs/

Are you growing your business fast enough? 

Direct download: FMM_Jon_Carder_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:27am MDT

What’s your current email frequency? How did you arrive at that? Did you test less or greater email frequency to determine what works best for your audience? 

Spoiler alert. This episode dives into the real effect of a daily email frequency on the creation of a business. Now, it’s up to you. In terms of your own email frequency, do you have a limiting belief about people unsubscribing? Or do you have actual proof? 

Do you know that if they’re actually unsubscribing it’s because of your email frequency and not the subject line and email incongruence or value? 

My Guest:

Kevin Ellis, better known as Bone Coach™, is a Forbes-featured certified integrative nutrition health coach, podcaster, YouTuber, bone health advocate, and is the founder of BoneCoach.com.   

Through a unique 3-step process and a world class coaching program called the Stronger Bones Solution™, he and his team have helped people with osteopenia and osteoporosis in over 1500+ cities around the world get confident in their stronger bones plan. 

His mission is to not just help over 1+ million people around the globe build stronger bones… It's to help our children and grandchildren prevent osteoporosis and other diseases in the future so they can lead long, active lives.

Questions we answer in this episode:

How long have you been serving your niche of women with osteoporosis? 

Once someone is on your list, what’s your email frequency? 

How long do you give someone who isn’t opening emails on your list before you show them the door? 

What is the reason you have been so successful? What do you think is the difference in the way you’ve been able to build quickly, and successfully? 

Attend the Masterclass for yourself or share with your clients:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/bone-health-masterclass  

Listen to Kevin's Interview on Flipping 50: 

https://www.flippingfifty.com/bone-coach

Connect with Kevin:

BoneCoach™ Website: https://bonecoach.com/

BoneCoach™ Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bonecoach

BoneCoach™ Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/bonecoach

BoneCoach™ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bonecoachkevin

BoneCoach™ Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/bonecoach

BoneCoach™ TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@bonecoach

 

Direct download: FMM_Kevin_Ellis_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

You can see fitness trainer opportunities or you can see obstacles with gyms at low capacity and so many virtual programs. How would you like to sit down with an expert at getting seen and heard when it’s not easy? 

That’s just what you’ll find in this episode full of health coach and fitness trainer opportunities. 

Link to the Flipping 50 5-Day Marketing to Women in Midlife Challenge. 

My Guest:

Triple-board certified nutrition expert and Fitness Hall of Famer JJ Virgin is a passionate advocate of eating and exercising smarter. JJ helps people stay fired up and healthy as they age, so they feel the best they ever have at age 40+.

JJ is a prominent TV and media personality, whose previous features include co-host of TLC’s Freaky Eaters, 2 years as the on-camera nutritionist for Weight Loss Challenges on Dr. Phil, and numerous appearances on PBS, Dr. Oz, Rachael Ray, Access Hollywood, and the TODAY Show. She also speaks regularly and has shared the stage with notables including Seth Godin, Lisa Nichols, Gary Vaynerchuk, Mark Hyman, Dan Buettner, and Mary Morrissey.

JJ is the author of four NY Times bestsellers: The Virgin Diet, The Virgin Diet Cookbook, JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet, and JJ Virgin’s Sugar Impact Diet Cookbook. Her latest book, Warrior Mom: 7 Secrets to Bold, Brave Resilience, shows caregivers everywhere how to be strong, positive leaders for their families, while exploring the inspirational lessons JJ learned as she fought for her own son’s life.

JJ hosts the popular Ask the Health Expert podcast, with over 14 million downloads and growing. She also regularly writes for Rodale Wellness, Mind Body Green, and other major blogs and magazines. JJ is also a business coach and founded the premier health entrepreneur event and community, The Mindshare Summit.

Visit www.jjvirgin.com for hundreds of free recipes and resources, plus state-of-the-art programs, products, and plenty of support to help you build your dream life.

00:00

Questions we answer in this episode:

04:42 If you were starting over right now, unknown, what would you do to be found, seen, and heard? 

09:25 What mistakes do you see qualified/credible health & fitness pros making

11:06 What difference has the pandemic made in the way fitness and health coaches want to consider showing up differently? Is there an opportunity there that we’re not fully stepping into? 

Rapid fire: 

15:15 You’re posting every day and you’re not getting any engagement? 

16:05 You feel like you’re not “enough” … pretty enough, certified enough, fit enough so you procrastinate 

17:37 What do you find that gets the best engagement right now? 

20:50 Thoughts about using Facebook groups today? 

21:14 To those fitness pros who are afraid to email more often because someone will unsubscribe… 

Connect with JJ: 

https://www.jjvirgin.com

mindsharecollaborative.com

Resources Mentioned: 

Super Fans - Pat Flynn

Belong - Radha Agrawal

Direct download: FiMM_JJ_Virgin_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Whether it’s email, blogs, or social media posts, the number of content ideas you need is endless. Before I go further, I will say that having a strategy around your content is crucial for it to be successful.

For social media posts? You don’t have to and don’t need original content in each of these places.

Your original content should live at your site. That’s where your content ideas are going to work for you most. The posts you do on social are the next step. If you’re a coach or trainer with longevity, substance, and here for the long haul, those here now gone tomorrow posts are not what you want to invest your time and energy in.

Spend time studying your customer. Know the experience you want them to have. Fifteen seconds on social is not the starting point. It’s the result of knowing what to say to bring them to the next step already waiting, complete, and logical based on what they think, feel, and do now.

But we all go dry or get distracted by life sometimes and it’s nice to have a vault to go to. So, I’m giving you one here. Create a place – maybe for you it’s a spreadsheet or Google doc where you and a team contribute with ideas. My hope is that these become the inspiration for a whole set of ideas for you.

00:00

Twelve Ways I Get Content Ideas

06:37 Listen to podcasts – outside of our industry and niche

            What kind of treatment did they give the content? Pay attention to that. Is there a point, a story, an example? What’s the rhythm and how did they organize it?

07:25 10 Most Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

            What burns the most calories?

07:41 10 Questions You Wish They’d Ask (SAQs)

            How do I exercise to lose fat based on how I feel right now?

08:02 Use AMA Post Round Up

            Use the posts in Instagram, or create your own on any social media account.

08:47 Go Back to Old Blogs, Articles, podcasts, videos and create an “update” (or just get ideas)

09:55 Go Big with a list of tips, reasons, sources

            These are usually lists. Things that support weight loss that aren’t exercise: sleep, drinking water, eating the right foods, etc.

            Compile your small lists into this big list (then link to it)

11:16 Go Deep with one of the big items

            Take one thing from that list and explain it in depth. When there are 5 or 10 or 20 things, give them one and go deep and explore it.

            e.g. Why drinking water is so important. List 10 things it does for you or the obstacle it is when you don’t. Those are two posts.

13:10 Use what’s already news and create a comment or reaction

            NYTimes articles are a great source of information. Recently Today compared nutrition status of white potato to sweet potatoes. What is your reaction to it? Set up alerts so you are first to know when new research is shared on your topic.

15:52 Create Top 10 lists or Listicles  

            Top 10 exercises for _________ (correcting a problem)

            Top 10 reasons ________ (you’re tired, you’re gaining fat)

The Ultimate FREEBIE Guide for Health & Fitness Pros

18:24 Create complimentary content necessary for making the fitness work

What else do they need in order for exercise to be most beneficial? Create content ideas about that. One content idea is sleep. Another is protein. Another is alkalinity.

18:52 Talk About an Elephant in the Room in your niche or our industry

The barrier to entry. Recently it’s been in the news that there’s a shortage of trainers and coaches in the fitness industry. What’s that mean to the quality of trainers and what do you think of it?

19:25 Round up interview of unique experts that you reach out to

Biggest post-pandemic problems for your niche, or the recommendations they give on a certain topic, e.g. bone density: supplements, foods to eat and to avoid.

In an upcoming episode, I’m going to talk about how to stay focused, organized, and follow through on these great ideas, because let’s face it… a lot of us are “quick starts” or we’re so analytical that we don’t go into action.

Other Episodes You May Like: 

Every Day Business Priorities: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/business-priorities/

How to Reverse Engineer a Funnel that Converts: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-funnel/

Direct download: content.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:29pm MDT

How to be and how not to be a podcast guest if you want to get booked on a podcast or podcasts and you want to be a favorite guest making those look good and love having you and you want to get asked back for use it, that podcast episode as leverage to get booked again. Stay tuned. 

A podcast is one of the best ways to get your message across and relate to an audience who may expand your email list. 

00:00

You want to provide, first of all titles, appropriate topics of content and titles as you reach out to someone who's got a podcast in order to promote yourself or if you're handing this task off to someone else.

4:07

In doing your preliminary homework I've addressed that you do your homework, no the podcasts know the topics they cover the topics they don't cover, know the business just a little bit. And it's always great if you've had a referral from a friend but if you're smaller, you're starting out and your friends aren't hosting podcasts right now. That's okay too. Don't wait to start. So I highly recommend you go ahead and get after it. Put yourself out there. But do some homework don't expect them to.

8:59

And when you're booked, you'll be asked for these things by almost every podcast host:

Send me your bio. I was just sent two bios in the last two weeks. Well, both of their bios came as if they were writing it first person like they were writing an essay for English class. 

But when you submit a bio, and I'm going to put in the show notes today, how to write a better bio. That is not boring, because nobody nobody really wants to know your alphabet soup of certifications. Because they mean nothing. When you say certified by ACE and NSCA and I SSA and bla bla bla bla bla, it just sounds like what, what did she say? Right? So if you're going to put something in that important or prestigious spell it out.

11:05

So people always learn better when they're laughing and smiling. 

Think about that. So then you'll be asked questions that you want the host to ask you. Now that doesn't mean they're going to use those but that gives based on the topic that you're suggesting that you're talking on. 

Create a list of 15 or 20 different questions depending on which topic we're really going to dive deep into and be able to pull that out and have to rewrite them every single time. Then you want to, they're always going to ask where's the best place for listeners to contact you. Choose one place. Because people given multiple choices will do nothing. 

So make it easy to remember your website by using a Pretty Link.

16:10

“So if the timing is right and our program is open, here's the link. And by the way, if you miss it, don't worry about that. That link will still take you to something you can do right away. While you're waiting for the program to open. We've got a good second best for anyone who wants this information specifically.”

So make sure that you're also prepared and the podcast platform is something you're familiar with. 

20:46

Follow any of the instructions that generally you will be given. 

Talking Points. Let's talk about that. So you want to be a good guest and you do that by going back in studying all Oprah shows. Right? So when she has guests on what happens? There's talk back and forth. 

A sound bites might be something like let me tell you about one of the key concepts of flipping 50 Number one of our 10 tenants is restore before more.

25:20

This podcast for instance, She Means Fitness Business and, Flipping 50 has been there. You know for eight years. She means fitness business by other names, but nine years, we probably covered almost every topic. 

27:18

Offer to create an affiliate link for your host. So I would create that pretty link for you to send during the show notes if I were the affiliate to the guest and I would send that in provide that for my host and then I would know everyone who comes through with that Pretty Link, I need to compensate and you make those arrangements in advance. 

Due Diligence!

So we started talking about your homework so do your homework, listen to the podcast know what's been on there before. 

Write your bio and do it in third person so someone else could read it in you before you turn it over. Read it out loud.

Make sure you have your questions already prepared, and so that your guests can read them 

Have the links that you want to send people to one link on your website, and then your social media links

Be on time and be sure to tell the host if you have a hard stop that is sooner than the end of the appointment. 

Then always welcome is a thank you afterward.

Most of all though a host expects you to share the podcast with your audience. 

If you have a small audience be sure that you’re beginning by reaching out to hosts with similar sized audiences. You’ll grow together. 

Ready to be a podcast guest?

Pitch yourself by responding here or reaching out in the contacts. I will do a coaching session with you if you’d like to review your business instead of talking about your niche and your success. 

OR... rather be coached on a business topic you want help with? 

reach out to us! 

Resources: 

Download the better bio worksheet now (Podcast below will help you fill it in!) https://fitprofreebie.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/Boring+Bio+MakeOver.pdf

Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist: https://www.flippingfifty.com/specialist 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

Related Episode: 

Write a Better Bio Podcast: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/boring-bio/

 

 



Direct download: FMM_Podcast_guest.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 9:52am MDT

You’ve got to be able to create a fitness funnel that converts no matter who you are. This podcast is all about it. And it’s in answer to all of the scurry, the flurry, and the nonsense going on around social media.

I see fitness pros and health coaches posting daily with very little growth over time. And it’s frustrating! If you’re spending more time daily creating posts on social media – or if it comes FIRST for you – before creating emails, diving into where your funnels are falling off and you lose people instead of converting them… you want to stop.

Or before getting yourself in front of real audiences with something to say because you’ve worked on your story, your sound bites and you’re ready to say with confidence, invite me and I’ll both entertain and educate your audience with this unique angle.

Need support on this?  If you're in a program, you're eligible for a "fast flip" business coaching to target your best next actions. 

Consistency is important. A part of that is consistently doing the right thing. Learning the hashtag strategy, supporting others, priming your audience, using stories and reels using all of this- no matter what platform you’re calling your base, you’ve got to do more than just be there.

00:00

Notice Something Missing?

Every once in a while if you notice, I will drop a podcast without any music … and there’s a reason for that. And that reason is important! Because it also applies to social media! The message has to be more important than the way you look.

It doesn’t matter if you’re a great teacher.

It doesn’t matter if you have a great product or service.

You may still struggle to sell your product to enough people to make more money doing what you love.

Even after 9 years of really, to be honest, greater success than I had envisioned (note to self: think bigger), I am no different than you in having to problem-solve to build a thoughtful experience for my customers. I have to plan it.

More on that… but first.

Get a Vision So Strong It Means Something a Hobby Won't

11:00

About not thinking big enough… Honestly, I think I just imagined making about the same and having more freedom and fewer headaches doing it. Well, 9 years and making monthly what I made annually (and it was comfortable), needless to say I have a new way of creating visions! AND the view is WAY better. I talked to the guy who’s going to build me a chipping and putting oasis in my back yard today. Part I of the project starts in about a week.

I want to be able to take a break from work and chip a bucket of balls in my backyard. Silly? I don’t care.

And you can too. Because of what you’re building and for no other reason. Look, I have been married. I have been a working mom, in the capacity that I worked because I liked it and contributing that meaningful way made my life richer and me a better mom and wife. But, my revenue wasn’t building anything. I looked at it as money I could spend on clothes or other extras.   Teaching fitness part time, frankly is more expensive than it is revenue generating.

If you’re a fitness pro you know what I mean. Shoes, tights, conferences, certifications (if you don’t do anything with them) are not really supported by a few classes a week. Our part time fitness instructors or trainers need some love. We need them… and they’re investing to work for us!

But there is far more satisfaction in buying a house yourself, walking into a furniture store and buying what you wanted, even paying tuition or buying the airline tickets for your kids, when you’ve earned it.

7 Questions to Ask and Answer in Order to Create a Fitness Funnel that Converts

16:55

What problem does the [ _____________ ] solve?

  • Bullet 1
  • Bullet 2
  • Bullet 3

20:38

What are your Past Best-Performing Titles? TWEAK THEM:

  • Headline 1
  • Headline 2
  • Headline 2

(These are subject lines or video titles)

25:53

What question do people who have this problem want answered immediately?

  • Question 1
  • Question 2
  • Question 3

28:43

How are you going to be relatable?

Ask:

  • How can I demonstrate this?
  • What stories help me relay this?
  • How can I connect so I earn trust?

33:00

What myths do they believe that you can bust?

Spend time on this one!

34:45

How will your presentation give them something AND leave them wanting more?

1. Give them 1 of your # of tips or steps:

2. Give them #(fraction of your total) steps broadly:

Of the two of these, the first is probably most successful.

HOW: That's what your program does for anyone who is stuck and wants the specifics.

How is the next step: your course or program.

Make it even more juicy:

In this section, I introduced ideas for making the offer irresistible now. 

Other Episodes You May Like:

Six-figure Months from 6 Mindset Shifts: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/6-figure-months/

6 Most Profitable Fitness Programs for Fitness & Health Coaches: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/profitable-fitness-programs/

Resources Mentioned:

Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist – Half Year Enrollment Special July 2022! https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/menopause-fitness-specialist

Direct download: fitness_funnel.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 7:56am MDT

Hallelujah! Right? Clients can use health savings accounts for personal training. As long as you meet the requirements for their medical based training and maintain it, the time is finally here. 

This episode is a special fitness & health coach only podcast and I’ll link to the one announcing to my Flipping 50 audience at large how they can begin using health savings accounts and flex benefits accounts for personal training. 

You’re going to have questions. I knew that and knew, especially if we’re telling your clients and customers that you want to be where they are looking for a qualified trainer or coach. 

I brought the heavy lifter herself in to talk about this, a third step in changing the face of the fitness industry and deepening the knowledge and education in trainers so customers have the most optimal care. 

To hear the full length Flipping50 episode (and share it with your customers) https://www.flippingfifty.com/health-benefits

00:00

Questions we answer in this episode: 

03:54 Tell us about MedFit, MedFit Education Foundation, and the new MedFit Care and how this all started.

11:20 What should fitness pros know about this new opportunity? 

11:50 What do you think it says about the future of providing fitness services? 

How can fitness trainers and health coaches get qualified to participate? 

14:27 What do you have to do to gain or maintain your ability to accept HSA? 

16:45 How will the payment be collected? Is it any different than accepting a credit card?

Will this apply to online programs, memberships, or virtual and live training? 

Connect with Lisa: 

Fitness Professionals Join MFN and become a MedFit Care provider:  https://medfitnetwork.org/welcome/

Join our private Facebook forum: https://www.facebook.com/groups/1736525619938507

Other episodes you might like: 

10 New Personal Training Revenue Streams: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/new-personal-training-revenue-streams/

What Personal Training Clients Wish They Could Tell You: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/personal-training-clients/

 

Direct download: FMM_Lisa_Medfit_care-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

10k personal training sessions in 6 months? 

Do you want to know? or Hard pass? 

In my 38 years of full time fitness industry experience, I can include a 6 and a half year period of time as personal training director for a multisite fitness center with over 20 personal trainers. During that time our conservative count suggested that I’d supervised about 250,000 personal training sessions during that time. So, I'm as curious as you. 

If the title of this episode got your attention, you might be wondering how. You also might be wondering what kind of profit margin there was, and or if you’re skeptical like me, how “personal” the sessions truly were. 

Questions we answer in this episode:

Do you want to be the Walmart… lowest price to as many people as possible?

Do you want to be the Nordstrom’s … higher price to fewer higher quality clients? 

What are the pros and cons of each? 

Is there a downside to either? 

My Guest: 

Joshua Ford is the CEO & Co-Founder of HipTrain, a VC-backed startup that provides live, 1-on-1 personal training sessions for just $6.99 a 30-min session.

Prior to HipTrain he helped build Uber and Candid and worked at The White House.

Joshua was a Fulbright Scholar and is passionate about providing affordability and accessibility (particularly in health and wellness) to the masses.

Questions We Answer in this Episode: 

What was your role in building Uber? And Candid? And what job did you have at the White House? 

What made you choose this career? 

Did you personally provide over 10k personal training sessions in 6 months? Tell listeners exactly how this happened and as you said in your notes to me these were “individualized” sessions.

$6.99 is not all that attractive to many listeners. In fact many of us prefer 3-digits before the decimal, so, how are you going to make doing 10,000 at $6.99 sound sexy?

Who are your trainers? Why are you able to hire them for $6.99 for 30 minutes, pay them, and make a profit or pay merchant fees? 

How personalized? What’s your definition of personalized? Based on need, movement screen, or client’s desire? 

Average qualification of your trainers? How much experience? 

Liability for you as owner? That’s a lot of sessions, a lot of clients. 

How do you personally create healthy habits around your work? 

What led you to create the model you currently have? What was the inspiration? 

Number of real people in the business now? 

What’s next? 

Do you have any idea what percent of people you’re providing service to who were not exercising consistently prior to starting with Hiptrain? 

CONNECT with Joshua: 

 https://hiptrain.com/

https://www.instagram.com/hiptrainfitness/

https://www.tiktok.com/@hiptrain


Resources: 

Marketing to Women Copywriting course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/menopause-fitness-specialist

Direct download: FMMJoshua_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

YouTube strategies may not be top of mind for your marketing. But still today it acts like a search engine and ranks 2nd only to Google. So it’s worth looking at. And for those already there, but not actually using a strategy, this is for you. 

Consistency is a girl’s best friend, for weight training, and for protein, and yes for content marketing… but that's not all. 

Consistently creating content that your ideal customer values is most important. Even with that though, if your call to action isn’t creating new leads and customers daily, it’s not going to support the growth in your business you truly want for marketing effort.

In this episode I’ll share YouTube Strategies that I used to grow my channel to 134, 000 mostly before the pandemic. I’ll share what happened during and since the pandemic to that growth and strategy, too.

You could say that these YouTube strategies work for any platform, including blogging and podcasting for that matter. Each platform has its own nuances, however. I wrote about that in the Health and Fitness Professional’s Guide to Social Media Marketing. Though that was published before the pandemic, the foundation of each of those platforms hasn’t changed. Just possibly it has amplified.

00:00

The 4 Cs in YouTube Strategies:

  • Consistency
  • Commitment
  • Call to Action
  • Congruency

Let me start though with one C that isn’t a reason your marketing strategy isn’t working.

It’s not conviction and it’s not even commitment to your passion. You’re convicted to serving people and you’re committed to doing it. You’ve been doing it and there’s a chance that you’ve said, “I’d do this for free.” 

I worked with trainers with such a helping nature they said that! And I had to tell them what a mistake that would be. And it was always the trainers with the most knowledge, most humility, most dedication to learning that were the most giving. They poured themselves into everything, and yet, didn’t see what I knew… burnout, broke and changing careers just around the corner. 

But that’s not the worst… the worst is that you won’t help people committed and convicted to improving their own health if you charge nothing. When we pay we pay attention. When you raise your rates you will often do better (I’ll link to two episodes about when and how to raise your rates).

Step-by-Step 

05:50

Consistency

Before you jump in you have to think about what ideal consistency is. At first you’ll want to throw up video after video because it’s fresh, new and exciting. But you’ve got to arrive at an ideal frequency based on two things:

  • What you can do regularly
  • How often your audience wants to hear from you

Consistency is not allowing comparison mode to get ahold of you and make you feel like you’re not doing enough. It can make you feel you should publish more so you have video content on 5 topics you see someone else has. That’s neither honoring you or your audience.

Think about when and how often your audience wants to consume content and when you can create and post it.

11:10

Commitment

You are committed to success. You’re committed to serving your customer more than to being right or doing it the way you want to do it. That’s not to say that you don’t honor how you want to work. But it does mean that you’ve given great thought to what is best for getting your customers results.

Of these 4s Strategies, Number 3 and 4 are the two that matter most

12:15

Call to Action

Every piece of content you create needs a call to action. It’s either to subscribe, to watch another video, or to click to your website for something more.

You don’t want too many CTAs in one video. But you definitely don’t want none.

13:31

Congruent

Every decision you make is congruent with who you serve and your values. If you have a brand statement or a mission statement its often called, you use it to make tough decisions.

If you identify which of these you’re not doing, and develop a plan to make sure they happen, your marketing will take you further.

You may not even be on YouTube. I think it still is relevant as a search engine. Everyone is not on TikTok. Everyone is not on Instagram. Everyone does search online and if your video is the answer to their question you can be discovered.

True, there are more people there than ever. But they aren’t all offering the same sage advice to the same audience that will resonate with them like you do.

Resources:

Ultimate Freebie Creation for Client Attraction: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/bestfreebies

3 Ways to Help Your Clients Sleep (So They Get Better Results with You): https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/sleeper

Other Episodes You May Like:

When to Raise Your Rates: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/raise-your-rates/

How to Raise Your Rates:  https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/how-to-raise-your-rates/

 

Direct download: FMM_Youtube_Strategies_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

If you think there are Instagram secrets that magically will gain you verified status, grow your followers by 10k or… that you even want to do that… this is not your episode! 

Oh, and if you’re being asked to invest 1-2K to grow your followers by 10K on the daily, don’t! It’s so tempting right? Even though its going to ultimately hurt you when you have zero engagement… it sounds like something you can almost justify. 

Try these instead. 

1)    Post good content that connects and relates to your ideal customer 

2)    If you have less than 1000 followers and you’re not growing steadily, if not rapidly, from your content, change what you’re doing 

3)    Lead with news, value, and tips you want to talk about for years, in a new way: edutain

4)    Post good content and then skip a day… sometimes two or three without posting anything but stories

5)    Post to stories frequently to stay engaged with your current followers 

6)    Make a call to action in every post (just not to buy: this is rare and best as paid advertising)

7)    Use hashtags that make sense and use enough not too much 

8)    Prime your audience 

9)    Gather like-minded friends with similar-sized accounts and support each other 

10) Look at your best-performing content. Numbers don’t lie. If you tracked when you posted, considering (day/time), consider the topic, and the cover. Start creating a content grid to record what and when you post, the content topic, and how you entertained when posting, and you will soon see common denominators. Even if algorithms change some of what you learn will remain true. 

And the biggest support? 

If you’re going to do something that helps you most… here’s what it would be: 

Without a lot of followers, you need a posse that will help you gain lift. Find a group of like-sized colleagues. When you share a post, share it to your DM group. And agree to help each other with a like, comment, and share to story (when appropriate). 

Then it’s up to you to be sharing content that is uplifting and inspiring, not promotional in nature that someone want to share. The real Instagram secrets are to post with insight about your audience like no one else has. Know one of them like a best friend. Don’t collectively try to target someone that doesn’t exist by pulling this and that from each. 

What HURTS Engagement 

Stop promoting programs in your timeline. No one will share that for you. That’s for email or paid advertising. You can earn it if you rarely do it, and you’ve grown a following and engagement, but notice big accounts? They don’t do this. What makes you feel like you should?

Stop ignoring what your followers struggle to reach more people are telling you. You are getting feedback about your content or about how you’re posting, even if you aren’t gaining traction. It is a result of the habits you’ve had so far. Like we’d say to our clients, if it’s not working, change the habits. 

What Instagram secrets have you found work for you best? 

 Resources: 

Health & Fitness Professional’s Guide to Social Media Marketing: https://www.amazon.com/Health-Fitness-Professionals-Social-Marketing/dp/1606794353

3 Ways to Help Clients Sleep Better : https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/sleeper

5 Days to More Midlife Clients: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/5daysmoreclients

Other Episodes You Might Enjoy:

4 Unlikely Testimonial Sources You're Not Using: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/testimonial-sources/

Viral Reels for Fitness Business: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/viral-reel/

 

 

Direct download: FMM_Instagram_Tips_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

The best way to immediate sales is better email marketing. Social media is a way to be in front of strangers. Who then should come to your subscriber list because you’ve earned their trust and you have something they want.

Listen, you don’t have a relationship with people who randomly see an ad. If you don’t have a significant engagement on social media, posting about something you’re selling there, will HURT you. 

 

Look at where you were on social six months ago. How’s your engagement today compare – the number of comments and likes, saves on Instagram for instance, the number of subscribers and length of watch time on YouTube? Has it increased? Not by much? Then what you’re doing isn’t working. So, there are plenty of posts and podcasts for you here at fitnessmarketingmastery.com but for now, let’s define better email marketing and get better email marketing results! 

 

Because with every email you send, you can make a sale. 

 

But let’s be real:

It only works if you nurture with content that your subscribers value 

You’ve got to take the time to craft effective emails

You need persuasive writing, not your English lit idea of writing

Passing this task off to someone else will backfire

 

To make this really easy, think back to any love letters you ever wrote or received, and if that’s a void black hole, look up some historical love letters (often they’re poems). 

 

Try these prompts: 

  •     What I love about you
  •     What I love about us
  •     A memory that your reader will resonate with 
  •     A special message you two share 

 

Think: “ditto” from Ghost. For me, it was “me to you.” It was a sentiment that meant “I love you too.” Before I ever said those three little words, I drew it on his leg with my finger during a movie. 

(And hey, I share all of the details INSIDE the podcast, so for examples, be sure you listen!) 

 

Look, better email marketing may never have been a blip on the radar when you said, I want to be a personal trainer or a health coach. But it’s the best way to help those seeking you the fastest. 

 

If you’re online and using social media to serve women virtually or locally, they are all receiving and reading emails daily. 

 

Are they reading one from you? Nurture them, talk to them, and you’ll find your relationship rewarding you with more ideal customers. 

 

I hope this got your wheels turning with great ideas. Please lmk. You know, when we say that in emails or podcasts, we really mean it right? I definitely want to hear from you. 

 

Resources: 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course:https://www.flippingfifty.com/copywriting-course

 

Create the Ultimate Freebie: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/irresistible-freebie-how-to/

 

Other Episodes You Might Like:

Email Marketing for Fitness Business Success: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/email-marketing-fitness-businesses/

Health Coaches & Trainers | Get Emails Delivered and Opened:https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/get-emails-delivered-and-opened/

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-__Better_email_marketing_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

It’s the best right? Promote affiliates and make money in your jammies! But how? Here are 5 ways (and some ways to enhance those 5 ways).

And a warning… promoting affiliates is an art and a partnership. If you say yes to someone about promoting a program, it takes more than a “post.” Or an email. 

 00:00

Be honest about how many email subscribers you have. Know your open rate. Know that they love you and buy what you recommend. It helps if they ask you… what watch are you wearing? What kind of tights do you like? What shoes do you wear? What’s that sauna you’re using? (all questions my community wants to know). 

If you don’t yet have that kind of influence, keep working on it. Begin by sharing those behind-the-scenes views of your home and your day. You’ll begin to pique interest. Especially, if you realize they want to be like you. And listen, you are in fact the spokesperson for whatever you’re doing. They want what you have. Maybe it's energy, maybe confidence. Maybe it’s your physique. But people are drawn to you and follow because they often want to be you. 

How to Choose Your Affiliates

  • 09:11 What are your customers always asking you about? 
  • 09:14 What are you using that you wish your clients would so they stop using toxic products that interfere with hormones?
  • 09:23 What do you use and love so much you wish you could share this with everyone? 

09:40

 Review Your Day: Here’s Mine 

Matcha (https://www.flippingfifty.com/piquetea) or coffee Four Sigmatic: https://www.flippingfifty.com/Four-Sigmatic

Skincare:https://www.flippingfifty.com/SummerSkin

Sports watch

Workout wear: https://savvi.com/flipping50/shop

 (Use share25 to save fit pro!) 

Clean-sources fish or meat:https://www.flippingfifty.com/Vital-Choice

Amino Acid supplements:

https://www.flippingfifty.com/staylean 

17:38

 5 Ways to Promote Affiliate Products

 

   1. Product Reviews 

   2. Gift Guides  

         A.Holidays

         B. Mother’s Day

  3. Share Deals & Specials with your Audience 

        A. My favorite coffees and matcha tea infrequently share specials. So do the amino acids I share. Regularly the sauna I use will have a promotion. 

  4. Inside Podcast Show Notes or Blogs

  5. Resources or Favorite Things pages

24:16

Where to share the links to promote affiliates:

Link in Bio in IG

Links in YouTube videos (product reviews) 

Share in your FB groups

In all of your email communications

25:30

How to sweeten the pot and promote affiliates: 

Offer Bonuses for your Audience 

Ask your affiliates to sweeten the pot by adding a one-time coupon code

Host a group for users of a certain product 

Resources: 

Become a Flipping 50 Affiliate: https://www.flippingfifty.com/affiliate-program/

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course:  https://www.flippingfifty.com/copywriting-course

My Affiliate Page Example: https://www.flippingfifty.com/resources

 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Passive Revenue Too Good to Be True? Affiliate Marketing: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/passive-revenue/

#18 Revenue Generating Strategies | Health & Fitness Professionals: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/revenue-generating/

 

 

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_Affiliate_promo_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

If you’re in a post-pandemic place of needing new life for your virtual fitness business, this may be inspiring. It’s no secret that building wealth includes multiple revenue streams. For instance, you may provide physical training or virtual coaching, but you add supplements to that, or you affiliate for products and services you use and trust. Maybe you also have speaking or consulting revenue. 

00:00

In this episode there’s a unique example of a virtual fitness business that you can apply to your brick and mortar or online business. None of us can provide all the answers all the time. And in fact some people have built their businesses entirely on not providing any answers themselves but relying on other experts to do it. 

 

If you struggle with self-promotion as many fitness and health coaches do, you have another reason to take a look at this virtual fitness business model. 

 

I’ll ask our guest about how this idea was born, draw some parallel examples for you, and together we’ll provide some hope and inspiration for ways to make your business thrive with very little expense to get started. 


Stay tuned until the end when I’m going to give you a little homework to get started. 

 

My Guest: 

Denise Stegall is the CEO and curator of Living Healthy List.com. She is also co-author of the best-selling book, The Successful Body.

As an inspirational thought leader, she is determined to provide her Living Healthy List readers with honest, reliable, research-backed information on health, wellness, personal development, and fun that they can use in real life.

Denise began her career with a bachelor’s degree in hotel, restaurant, and business management, focusing on nutrition.

She’s condensed 25 years of experience and study in nutrition, cooking, exercise, and coaching to help women find a happy, healthy lifestyle that works for them.

Her experience in cooking and nutrition delivers a unique perspective on what works (and doesn’t work) for most people. Her philosophy revolves around the foundation: Eat Real Food, Make Good Decisions, and Be Accountable.

 

Questions we answer in this episode: 

  • 04:20 I would describe what you do as a kind of curator for your audience of all the good things, a place where they can come for resources and references and direction in not just exercise but different aspects of health. Healthy Living List is kind of the Huffington Post of health for midlife women. Did I capture that?
  • 08:15 Talk a little about your business model and how it was born, how do you find and filter resources for your audience?
  • 09:27 Who “makes the cut” and who doesn’t? 
  • 11:10 Has this been a lucrative business for you? 
  • 12:07 How long have you been doing this and what’s the current size of your audience/email list? 
  • 14:37 What’s been the best way for you to grow your email list (always a goal for businesses, especially those just getting started)?
  • 19:37 Can you explain how the health and wellness experts fit into LHL. What is their role?

 

Your homework is easy. To start, all you need to do is create a list. Come up with at least 5 things you use, love, and swear by for your own definition of a healthy lifestyle. Keep going to 10 if you can. Are any of those products created by companies who offer affiliate programs. Is the affiliate commission worthwhile, meaning if you promote and use the “real estate” of your emails and social media posts to promote, can you make a significant enough profit from doing so? And… feel good about it too? 


By the way, I share plenty of things just because they’re good… for my audience, for the planet, and don’t make a penny. When people are asking you….” what do you use?”  or “what do you think of XXX?” you know you have some influence and you can use it to help yourself and your audience. 

 

For the full Flipping 50 episode click here (https://www.flippingfifty.com/healthy-lifestyle/

 

Connect with Denise:

https://livinghealthylist.com/

 

She’s Social: 

Linktree: https://linktr.ee/livinghealthylist

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/denise.stegall.18 

 

Resources Mentioned in this Episode: 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course:

https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/


Other Episodes You May Like:

Two Big Fitness Marketing Mistakes Post Pandemic | Episode #278

How to Use Research as Your Fitness Marketing Secret Weapon

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_Denise_Stegall_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 9:30am MDT

First of all, what is a viral reel? Truly it may not be your best goal. Because your business isn’t likely to grow from one viral reel. Now, if you were doing a TEDx talk and it got 10M views, that’s going to help your business.

00:00

What’s the difference? The credibility that provides authority that then makes you the go-to expert. 

And.. you have to remember that if you don’t have a call-to-action that is obvious when people land on your website, or when they link to your profile, still a viral reel isn’t what you want… yet. 

But let’s say for the sake of this podcast, you’ve lain the foundation. You have a freebie that people want and ask for all the time. Or listen, they don’t have to ask for it by name. But they do have to ask for the solution to a problem that your freebie clearly solves and by a name they recognize as doing exactly that. 

Hey, by the way, if you’re a gym owner or studio, trainer or health coach and you’re offering a complimentary session or call? It’s too big a step for someone who doesn’t know you, so step back and let’s find a better answer for you. 

Freebie

 02:45

What’s the recipe for a viral reel?

You never know. 

But you might be discovered or shared if you’re smart with hashtags and congruent from content to hashtags. 

So, the safest, surest, steadiest way to grow (and potentially win instead of spending $$ on lottery tickets that are a million to one) is this: 

Create content that educates, inspires, and entertains. 

05:30

Viral Reel #1: Educate your audience 

You can point to words, jump into different scenes, or just talk straight to the camera. 

06:58

Viral Reel #2: Inspire 

Do they want to grow old better than others? Then show them examples of how to do it.

You can create reels sharing images of older adults doing amazing things, of sites and accounts that share adults doing amazing things, or do a video of you introducing say 5 unique individuals. 

08:12

Viral Reel #3: Entertain your audience

Yes, you do have to be creative here. An entertainer changes costume, changes the type of songs in the set, does some old favorites but also throws in something new.  

You’ve got to be similar. 

For more help with content creation that finds you real, not fake clients, check this out

 https://www.flippingfifty.com/5-day-fmm-specialist-challenge-opt/

Other Resources: 

Marketing to Women: fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course

Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist:  flippingfifty.com/specialist

  

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Social Media Advice for Fitness & Health Pros #303 

3 Reasons Your Social Media Isn’t Working

Personal Trainers: How to Boost Your Social Media Engagement

VOTE NOW! 

Choose your favorite podcast title: https://debraatkinson.typeform.com/to/F0MdiZBv

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_Viral_Reel_Ideas_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

In this episode, I’m sharing 5 marketing ideas for Female fitness and health business owners. If you’re stuck.. this will help you get unstuck! They’re not rocket science. But as I’m recording this on a Monday morning, I know that this morning maybe more than most can be a pain point for fitness and health coaches. 

 00:00

If you aren’t full, if you didn’t have a lot of calls and inquiries, and maybe especially if you tried to work through the weekend (but even if you tried taking time off), it’s tough to feel like you’re doing enough.

So, these 5 marketing ideas have little to do with doing more. They’re really about some things you already have and using them better.

[04:52] Tell your story. 

            You’ve heard mine… but here it is.

[19:08]Find your best-performing content. Rinse and repeat. 

Mistake – created one post that got more engagement than any before it and then, switched gears because they saw something someone else did and tried to copy it. Stay true to yourself and your audience. Don’t look at someone else who’s got an inflated number of followers. First, look at their posts. Often a huge number of followers is fake. Is there engagement on posts? 

[22:19]Establish brand continuity (that resonates with your customer) 

            Mistake – using images that are all over the board, different backgrounds- dark and light, some close-up others far away. Find a collection of images that speaks to you and study it. Look through your past posts. Which performed well? Look at past Reels, which performed well? 

Chances are it has a lot to do with your image. So, making it always pristine and adding a cover image could impair your results. An outperformer of mine, on the content topics I’ve shared before and after does best. Why? Because it’s a face. My face peeking in to share the post. So, before you just “pick” your brand, study what your audience likes.

[24:53]Squeeze more juice! Share what you already created.

Number 4 of these 5 marketing ideas quickie is definitely easy and almost effortless. That makes it easy to forget. So many of us are guilty of this! I’m a recovering content creator. It’s not that you shouldn’t create more content, it’s just that once you have, give that content life regularly. Share it again and again in regular cycles. 

I’m willing to bet you already have a lot of content- articles, and videos, that resonated with your audience. Go find them! 

Be a Go-Giver 

            Share other people’s posts and comment on them. Make them “you” by adding an interpretation for your audience. 

That’s it. A simple 5 marketing ideas for your health and fitness business that can give you not just 5 posts, but be an evergreen source of inspiration. You already have the ability to do this!! 

The work is largely done! 

Resources: 

5 Days to More Midlife Clients challenge-https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/5daychallenge/  

Marketing to Women: Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/

 

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_5_Marketing_ideas_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

If you’re not defining a successful fitness business for yourself, you’re going to be more and more unhappy as you grow and scale it. 

00:00

If you start out working around the clock without an end in sight or boundaries, chances are, in five years you’ll still be doing it. 

That said, you have to be willing to do the things no one else is willing to do. I’ve done those 14- and 16-hour days where I’ve barely been out of pajamas between actively creating marketing, programs, hosting webinars, and learning what I needed to do next. 

I’ve taken roles back during the pandemic to ensure the health of my business when we didn’t know what was going to happen. And then I’ve hired and trained while doing the jobs that had to be done until others can do them. 

So, I’m not saying that you’re going to say you want to work 5 hours a day and you can start that today and be profitable… but I’m also not going to say you can’t! And neither should you!

Don’t Wait, Start

It may be the way you have to work… if you:

  • 03:13 Are doing this between school drop off and pick up 
  • 03:18 Work a different job as you build what you really want to do
  • 03:21 Or … if you simply want to do this as a hobby (if you deep down want to do this and just can’t believe you can make the same or more as your “real” job, we should talk: I earn in a month what I earned in a year 9 years ago… and it was nice then, so you may have some mindset around money to resolve). 

04:00 Reaching the level of success you want depends on you defining it.  

05:23 Two fitness pros (from two different groups or masterminds) recently shared a vision of a “successful fitness business” and so I suspect this is something that you might also need to define. 

What is your definition of success? 

Is it monetary? Is it the number of people you reach?

Do you want to have a certain percent of profit margin? For me, that became very clear after 2020. The realization hit me, that if I did business very differently, and made decisions very differently, my profit margin could much more often be closer to 60%. 

Is your definition of a successful fitness business satisfying some itch within you that feels like you’re not enough just yet? 

Are you proving something to someone else or to yourself? These questions beg to be answered and you may have had no idea you were going down this rabbit hole.

That’s what happens when you start and really put effort into a business. Your personal stuff comes up. If it’s more about you then, achieving a successful fitness business doesn’t necessarily mean fulfillment. 

And its fulfillment that brings happiness, peace, and contentedness. 

So, rather than you defining a successful fitness business, which might be a certain revenue per month or percent of profit margin – or doing that in a silo – you want to look at what will enhance your fulfillment. 

What kind of a day makes you sleep well?

How would you spend days that make you excited to get up? 

Do you want to engage with lots of others regularly and have a team working with you? 

Or do you prefer to work alone and create? 

There are no “right” or “wrong” answers except where you may not have answered at all going deeply enough into details. 

Paint a picture in your answer so that anyone else can imagine the day and the feelings associated with your business. 

Resources: 

Marketing to Women: Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course 

Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist: https://www.flippingfifty.com/specialist

5-Day Attract More Midlife Clients Challenge: https://www.flippingfifty.com/5-day-fmm-specialist-challenge-opt/  

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

How to Design Popular Small Group Training for Profit: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/small-group-training-profitability/
 

When Your Business Isn’t Growing: Fitness Marketing Basics: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/fitness-marketing-basics/

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_Successful_fitness_business_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Yes, your nutrition recommendations could make your clients fat or bloated.

[00:00]

Ouch, right?! 

Or you… female in midlife yourself or working with them? You absolutely want to listen to this episode (and potentially do a little more homework by listening to another resource). 

[0:47]

My Guest: 

Sara Banta is the owner of Accelerated Health Products in addition to the host of Accelerated Health Radio and TV. Her goal is to help her clients and listeners to reach their optimal state of health through proper detox supplements, cutting-edge technologies, and modalities.

Sara hit rock bottom when Western medicine couldn't give her answers or solutions, she discovered natural solutions that actually worked. As she was healing from Crohn’s disease, hormonal issues, PCOS, IBS, and heavy metal toxicity, she was hit with her 9-year-old son’s diagnosis of leukemia. It was at that moment that she knew she had a bigger calling in life; to open people’s eyes to the world of natural healing. Fast forward to today where she serves her clients and listeners with cutting-edge protocols that combine Scalar frequency-based supplements, Chinese medicine, healing devices, and much more to detox, reset and rebuild their Body, Mind and Spirit.

[03:33]

3 BIG questions we answer in this episode:

[06:39] Chicken and broccoli are a notorious if not iconic combination for “eating lean” among trainers (especially those that are bodybuilders) … how can they be making you or your clients fat? 

[10:14]“Have a big salad”... Says almost every trainer everywhere… even functional doctors have known for nutrition… how can this make clients fat? 

[13:00] The green smoothie is probably known by most listeners to be better than a green juice for blood sugar, insulin... However, what can go wrong?

[13:36]What about sulfur? And what foods have sulfur? 

[14:08]Are these issues genetic? Are they just toxicity from a cumulative effect over time, or from stress? 

For the full episode, please listen here (https://www.flippingfifty.com/healthy-foods )

Resources:

Try the cleanse yourself before suggesting clients do:  https://www.flippingfifty.com/accelerated

 Flipping 50 Menopause Specialist 

 

Other episodes you might like:

Easy Detox Anytime Including Before Your Holiday Splurge: https://www.flippingfifty.com/wild-detox/

Plant vs Animal Protein for Midlife Women | Ask the Experts: https://www.flippingfifty.com/plant-vs-animal-protein/

















Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_Sara_Banta_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Faster than an interval training workout I'm going to share 3 ways to increase your email opens (which increases the deliverability of future emails, which:

  • increases the chance that when you are promoting they'll read it and register) and 
  • social engagement (no more crickets!) 

... but first... I shared this earlier and I want you to attend for $1 as my guest but you have to hurry because it's live and with leaders of the most respected health & wellness collaborative in the world. 

And.. you can be my guest for next to nothing for this priceless experience. 

The Health Business Growth conference is 3 days, live and virtual and you'll find details here. (but register using my code below for the $1 rate!)

Just visit RIGHT HERE and enter the promo code MMVIP to get your ticket for just $1. 

Tried Everything to Increase Your Email Opens?

If you know the value of email, you know you've got to:

  • grow an email list from people who asked to be on it
  • regularly nurture them so they open 
  • provide high value once they do open 

so that you can tell and sell the right people to your program when you're promoting. 

So … here we go: 

#1 Add [Recipe] in the subject line (or 5 or 3 or .. Easter..) because... no one ever had too many recipes apparently.  

Make sure the recipe page where it sits, and it could be simply a blog for you, has social media share buttons on it. 

#2 Add [Video] to the subject line and then of course, make the video about something they CARE deeply about. It could be making a recipe, doing an exercise, giving a short warm up or cool down. 

#3 Link to those recipes and videos from your website. You don't want to just drop the recipe into the email. You don't want to link to a YouTube video (not even yours). These people are on your email list. Sending them back to your social media site is like sending them in circles. Your social strategy is to bring them to your email. From email you nurture them with deeper content they wanted from you and a "next step." 

Far too many fitness professionals are sending people in circles. Social to email to social again or into their freebie funnels again ... so there's just confusion, no reason to buy. 

Why would you do that, right? 

A confused mind never buys. Do you know what will happen? They’ll start asking you, “Who do you recommend that does that?” or “What protein powder to you recommend?” even if you carry one, because you’re simply confusing instead of giving them the answer. 

Don’t be so afraid of selling and self-promotion that you promote everyone but you! If you like doing that? Then do that! Create a business where you are earning money as an affiliate promoting others who already have established businesses making 6 figures a month. Did you know you can do that? You can do it for us! 

But… If you want to grow YOUR business, then this: 

This April 7-9th, JJ and Karl (Mindshare’s CEO), are bringing together top experts to help health pros become the trusted authority at this year’s Health Business Growth Conference.

Tickets are $397 (and worth 10X that price!), but I’ve managed to score a few VIP Passes that can get a limited number of accredited health pros admission for just $1 (let’s call them my “Golden Tickets”). 

Important Details... I have a few of these tickets to share. I've been a mastermind member for more than 5 years now... and I promise this is work 10x the regular rate.

But you don't even have to pay it!

Just visit RIGHT HERE and enter the promo code MMVIP to get your ticket for just $1. 

But you’ll need to hurry. The “$1 passes” are limited, and when my allocation is gone, you’ll have to pay the regular price.

Resources:

The Ultimate Freebie Book (to grow your email list): https://www.flippingfifty.com/irresistible-freebie-how-to/  

Marketing to Women: Copywriting Course: https://www.fitnessmarketingmastery.com/copywriting-course/

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_3_ways_to_grow_email_list_BONUS_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

00:00

I’m rebranding the podcast you’re listening to and there’s a new female fitness entrepreneurs podcast coming soon. 

I’ve polled my team. I’ve asked a small group of my private business coaching clients. 

I’ve Googled anything that might never be possible to Trademark because of conflicting titles. (You should do this before you name your business or program, by the way!) and narrowed it down. 

So, now it’s your turn! Here’s my ask! 

Take the quick poll and let me know what you think. This will take 30 seconds. 

What name feels best? What do you identify with? What do you want to identify with? 

7:55

What feels both fun and tells you that by listening you’ll get: 

  • Tips for marketing your fitness business
  • Insider content about being female and boss
  • How to hire, onboard, and fire
  • The growing pains of starting and building a fitness business (so you can skip some)
  • How to identify your fitness boss strengths and communication style 

Click Here to Vote!

08:51

My Female Entrepreneurs Podcast loves 

Over the last decade, I’ve developed some favorite friends. I try to have the discipline not to listen to anything while I’m hiking but there are times when I have a hard time pulling myself away from things I want to do.

So, there I said that! When I’m in that moment, I also know I am not crushing goals, I’m killing my creativity and I won’t be attracting anything good. 

So I barter with myself. I’ll catch up on a podcast at the beginning of a walk or hike and think of this like vitamins for my business. These are not all fitness podcasts. In fact, none of them are. 

It’s why I do what I do at my fitness professional’s podcast, in fact. There’s a gap in getting specific with the skills to teach fitness and the skills to grow a fitness business. I do think women have natural strengths to do marketing and make business decisions. They just require us to really tap into our vision for both our customers and for our business and selves. The Fitness business does come with a unique set of opportunities and challenges. And being a female entrepreneur does too. We need to bring them together. 

Here are several of my favorite podcasts for so many reasons. 

11:29

Marketing Made Easy - Amy Porterfield

For female fitness entrepreneurs podcast choices, this is a goldmine of the personal, business, scheduling obstacles that will always be present in your business. 

11:47

Entrepreneurs on Fire - John Lee Dumas 

This podcast is a great companion for longer hikes! The episodes are often long. It’s the model that intrigues me about this podcast. It’s a daily release… daily! That, girlfriend, is a lot of work! He now releases replays of previous episodes. But what I pay attention to is what he’s doing behind the scenes. He’s 80% interviews. He charges $3000 an interview and you have to apply to be selected. 

Crazy right? Crazy like a fox! His audience is big. If you’re the right fit, he’s probably also using an affiliate link in his podcast to make money on listeners who take action from the link. 

Are your wheels turning? 

14:42

SPI (Smart Passive Income) - Pat Flynn

I don’t listen to every episode, as there are some topics that feel off-target based on the show’s promise. However, THAT is a great lesson I’ve learned from this podcast. Pat makes his living from this podcast. Something is working. So, when success leaves clues, I pay attention. 

16:06

The Jasmine Star Show - Jasmine Star 

When I want specific tips on how to use Instagram, Jasmine’s jam, or hear a little about her growing a business and a family at the same time, this is a fun podcast. 

Please use this link, FitnessMarketingMastery.com/vote, and tell me which of the 5 new titles you love, and thank you in advance!  

Additional Resources: 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course

Coming Soon! 5 Day Marketing to Attract More Midlife Clients

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_New_Female_Fitness_Entr_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

How do clients enroll in your program? How do you convert them from stranger to follower to subscriber to buyer? 

 

There are potential gaps anywhere in that funnel I just described. The one we’re talking about here is from subscriber to buyer. Say someone just reached out for your freebie. You’ve nurtured them as they used it. Now they are finished with the nurture email series. 

 

What do you say to them next? You created that freebie based on it being something that your ideal customer for your course, program, or coaching wants or needs. (Tell me you did that – or be sure that you check today’s show notes (enroll-in-your-program) so you have the Freebie solution that does the job!) 

 

In this series of weekly marketing posts, I’ll help you craft your content so that you can resonate with your ideal customers. I’ll choose an example of some fitness posts that are a good concept but miss the mark. 

 

Use these words not those: 

If you are ready …

You might like this…. 

 

And be sure that you: 

Create a sense of urgency 

Make it a no-brainer 

Inspire the FOMO

 

The words I suggest (listen to the episode) are these: 

Based on _____________ , the next logical step is _______________

 

There you have it, the episode of the Say This Not that series this week. Leave me a comment or a rating in iTunes for the Fitness Marketing Mastery show. 

 

If you’re not already a Fitnessmarketingmastery.com subscriber, it’s the next logical step if you’re listening to this podcast. (See what I did there?) You’ll find a message from me on the home page about how I can help you make your business go or grow in the next year. But better yet, let me help you with strategies for the Marketing to Women: Copywriting Course

 

Click on the link in this episode’s show notes and you’ll have a day with special savings. If you’re stuck:

Finding the right words

You type and then you retype and start over again

You stare at a blank screen 

You post and send and get very little positive response

 

And… you know in your heart you can HELP your ideal client. You KNOW you have something she needs. 

 

Then don’t spin your wheels. Don’t stay stuck with thoughts of, “I can’t do this myself.” Seriously, there is no one who does it like you. But there is not an abundance of marketing and sales strategies available for health & fitness coaches. You need to get in the weeds and not just do broad strokes like check the box you sent an email. 

 

If no one else is asking... I am. What words are you using in your emails? In what order? 

 

It matters!!!

 

Resources mentioned in this episode: 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course 

 

How to Create the Irresistible Freebie (your ideal clients will love)

Otter.ia 

 

Other Episodes You May Like:

Small Talk Say This, Not That Series | Fitness & Health Pro #295 

Say This, Not That Series | Fitness & Health Professionals #294

 

 


There are better fitness marketing tools than a newsletter. There are better fitness marketing tools than Tic Tok if you don’t have a back end that makes sense and attracts new subscribers. 

It is well into 2022 if you’re listening in real-time. If you’re not do not go away it’s still relevant. 

Are you inviting people to your email newsletter? 

That one died in the early 2000s. I know some people are still using that invite. They’re not doing really well and my first guess is that their entire marketing funnel isn’t really connected or intended to nurture non-buyers. 

Clubs and fitness centers go right to having conversations with members. That’s like completely ignoring someone you invited to a party who knows no one else and doesn’t have any common memories with others at the party. They probably aren’t going to stay long. 

In this “say this, not that” episode, I’m reviewing a common problem that trainers and health coaches both do. 

 Instead of Inviting People to Your Email Newsletter: 

  • Offer a juicy freebie that they’ll love (in exchange for their email address) 
  •  Provide a learning experience (like a webinar) 
  •  Invite them to take a quiz (and then send them the results via email) 
  •  Ask them to answer a survey so you can provide the best information 
  • These now become ways you are adding value, not just increasing the influx of emails that bombard us all and make us feel like we’re drowning. You’re inviting them to get something they WANT for free or to give an opinion and contribute (usually something we’re compelled to do). It’s well, much more inviting. 

Do You Do This Too? 

I for one, on the daily, click something I requested, I don’t have time to really dig in at the moment, then I’ll delete it later because I figure if I didn’t look at it for weeks, I managed to live without it, it can’t be that life-changing. Even if your “get my newsletter” works you have an issue. So, they’re in, they’re out if you have this “newsy” email in most cases. 

There you have it, this episode of the Say this not that series this week. Is there one of these better fitness marketing tools that resonate with you? Leave me a comment or a rating in iTunes for the Fitness Marketing Mastery show. If you’re not already a Fitnessmarketingmastery.com subscriber, you’ll find a message from me on the home page about how I can help you make your business go or grow in the next year. 

Take action.. whatever you do. If you’re out walking, running or you’re lifting, pull that phone out and create a note if you got inspired. I know I do.. most often on a trail while listening to a podcast and if I don’t capture it… I lose that great idea. Better fitness marketing tools can’t be implemented if you don’t remember the inspiring thought you had! 

 

Resources mentioned in this episode:

How to Create an Irresistible Fitness Freebie (for your ideal clients)

Other episodes you might like: 

Are Your Fitness Newsletters a Bad Reminder?

What to Say to Close the Fitness Sale (and what NOT to)

What to Say When They Say They Can’t Afford You | Personal Training 


Fat burning & weight loss are hot topics uniquely, and together, during menopause. Since for decades, the dogma has been that metabolism slows with age (proven not until about 60 very recently) and that menopause hormone changes make weight gain more likely, it’s easy to believe there may not be much you can do for your clients. 

 

Not so fast. Look, the research I’ve shared for nearly a decade, and studies both older and newer show lifestyle habits – epigenetics have much greater influence on fat burning & weight loss than do anything else. 

 

The trick? Identifying not what you thought once supports fat burning & weight loss, but what really does for clients (or you) now in menopause. So, let’s break this down.

 

Blood Sugar and Fat Burning 

 Insulin causes the liver, or muscles, to remove sugar out of the bloodstream and store it in the form of glycogen. It releases a small amount regularly for all the organs that function continuously (heart, brain, nerves). 

 

Hormones like stress hormones (cortisol and epinephrine/adrenalin), sex hormones, growth hormones, and glucagon – can cause the liver to secrete glycogen back into the bloodstream.

 

Epinephrine and cortisol are released when your body needs a sudden influx of sugar for energy. (For example, exercise or need to sprint to avoid harm or spare someone else from harm). 

 

As blood sugar goes up, unless clients are insulin resistant, (which often can happen to women in midlife) the increases are mild and short because insulin is released to bring it down. If however, clients are more insulin resistant (it takes more and more insulin to bring blood sugar down), your body is more frequently in a fat-storage state than a fat-burning state. 

 

Blood Sugar and Fat Storage 

Let’s talk about these 4 (not new to you) things that impact blood sugar for your clients. It’s not just dessert and popcorn. Your client’s fat burning & weight loss obstacles may be something you and they are overlooking. 

 

Stress

Any form of stress, including thinking about a stressful situation, physical stress, will increase glycogen, and therefore insulin. Learning to deal with the emotional stressors so they’re less negatively affected, can decrease fat storage. Clients don’t necessarily think stress interferes with fat burning & weight loss. They’re more likely to think weight causes stress. 

 

Sleep

Sleep deprivation and or poor-quality sleep, even being off their optimal schedule (going to bed later than usual) can increase physical stress and the stress hormones. The day after having to rise at 3am for an airport run for a houseguest, my blood sugar levels were all higher throughout the day. 

 

I attempted to keep the rest of my day low stress by observing the best hydration, regularly timed meals high in protein and fiber, and connecting by phone with family to keep stress lower. You increase your value with clients when you coach them to respond this way themselves.

 

Exercise 

When you’re going to do a workout with clients, as long as clients are not overtrained and they’re allowing for adequate recovery, muscles will release glycogen for energy. This is when they’re able to burn fat rather than store it. The glycogen and cortisol (responding to physical stress) both increase available energy to do the physical workout.

 

** It’s important to consume adequate high-quality protein during training, to be sure that carbohydrates then fuel the muscle with exercise and aren’t stored as fat. 

 

Food 

Different foods and at different times of the day or in different sequences will have various effects uniquely on your client. While it makes sense that a piece of chocolate cake in the middle of the afternoon is going to spike blood sugar more than if enjoyed after a meal with protein, fat, and fiber, clients may be surprised something beef stew for dinner could spike blood sugar (happened to me). 

In those situations, you’ll want to help clients identify whether it is an ingredient in the food, or if it’s one of the other influences from above. 

 

For example, the same morning coffee drink in the morning when someone gets up at 3am to take someone to the airport, could spike your blood sugar dramatically different than having it at the usual wake up of 5am (also happened to me)!

 

The Fat Burning & Weight Loss Bottomline on Blood Sugar

 

Blood sugar is no B.S. (I couldn’t resist). Now that Continuous Glucose Monitors are easily accessible, and you can see immediate results of your clients’ lifestyle habits and nutrition, you may be able to experience much greater ease losing weight.

 

A great way to begin is to try it for yourself. Use your own experience as teachable moments for your clients. Share your results, and what you’re learning. Your clients’ successful fat burning & weight loss efforts are right around the corner with your help. 

 

Want to try the one I’m using? You’ll save $25 on your first month with my link. CLICK HERE

 

 

Resources:

Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist   

NutriSense Glucose Monitor 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

5 Ways to Use Shock to Attract More Fitness Clients

7 Tips to be a Personal Trainer Every Midlife Woman Wants to Work With 

 

Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_4-ways-glucose-fmm-2-16-2022_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

If a trainer tells me they hit a plateau and can’t get more clients, I ask them about their email list. 

If you aren’t working on growing that email list, chances are that’s a large part of why. 

Before you get more sales skills, you want to attract more people, more on that in a minute. 

 

The Problem with a Small List is…. 

If you’re in a “launch” with few people, and then you “launch” again with the same people there may be a small number who say yes. It wasn’t the best time for them before and it is now. They were people who needed a little more time to know and trust you before deciding. 

But you’ll also be losing a small percent of them which you should expect. 

If you don’t lose subscribers every time you email, you’re probably not emailing enough. 

 

Those people are not seeing all your posts every day, you know. 

They’re busy. They want the news delivered with white gloves and that is why they subscribed to email. They may not like social media. So, while you think they see and hear that and your daily message is enough, it’s not true. 

 

… You can’t get more clients online. 

 

3 Reasons You Can’t Get More Clients Online, boil down to this: 

The email list you have now is small or abandon

You’re attracting anyone too broad a group on social

Inconsistent habits (you’re busy but not productive)

 

 

Here’s what to focus on: 

 

1)    You need to grow your email list

Have a freebie that peeks interest and desire (my freebie builder cheat sheet)

 

Make sure you’re sharing relevant social content and suggesting it as a CTA for those who want more

Have a profile page with links directly to it (no ugly URLs someone will never remember that only your mother would go to the trouble of tediously entering – if she would!)

2)    You need to attract the right kind of people to your social (first step before email)

Have you reviewed who you attract? 

Do you clearly tell who this is for and who it’s not?

3)    You aren’t focusing on the right things consistently. If you focus on your social media more than you focus on your customers and business, something is definitely WRONG! 

 

Are You Addicted?

To be honest, does it give you a little adrenaline hit when your video got XXX views on Tik Tok? Or frustrated you when you spend half an hour creating a reel and it doesn’t get much of anything? Your time and your energy can get sucked into social media and it’s not going to move the needle for you. Let’s keep in mind that while it’s necessary, it’s something that takes a dedicated 15 minutes twice a day and between you really need to be building the business behind it. 

 

There’s a difference between not being consistent and being strategic. You’ll see sometimes if you followed me on Instagram, I don’t share every day. I usually do, but when I either have something that didn’t get much traffic I thought would, is getting a lot of traffic, or it’s a date that warrants a little longer time, I purposefully won’t post for a day or two leaving room for prior posts to gain traction. But I will add them to the story again to increase engagement. 

 

I have an action challenge for you. What do you need to focus on? 

Do you have a funnel that converts? I’d focus on that before I built a course. 

Do you have a system you’ve proven with yourself, and then tested on a pool of others for testimonials and proof that it works? 

Do you have copy that defines your unique difference? There are a million options for how to exercise, why you? 

DECIDE. That’s the action. Decide where you really will get the biggest wins from focusing on and then do… Monitor your time on social media and if your brain is constantly flirting with it, you’re probably not getting anything else done. 

 

I’m going to link to the resources mentioned in this episode. Before you visit it, my hope is that you’re walking or working out, because for me at least, that’s when I listen and get tons of clarity … not when I’m sitting at my desk. And not when I’m moving through a Bootcamp-like set of crazy moves. 

Quick Tip

I know you’ve turned up the speed on those social videos to show a lot of moves, energy, and not give a whole workout… but have you stopped to think that they relay a “frenzied” kind of feeling that makes people think you’re a crazy intensity frenzied-pace kind of trainer? 

What do you make viewers FEEL? 

That’s the question of the day! 

And… how does social media make YOU FEEL? Spend less time on it and more on your business so it converts when you reach them. If you can’t get more fitness clients online right now I hope this episode has been helpful. 

 

Resources Mentioned in this episode:

How to Build a Better Freebie (freebie, how meta is that!?)

 

Marketing to Women Copywriting course  

 

Other Episodes You Might Like: 

Exclusive Look Inside Build Your Business Accelerator Mastermind

5 Ways to Use Shock to Attract More Fitness Clients 


How would you like to ask social media advice of someone with over 65 years of fitness marketing experience? Collectively in this episode that’s what we’re giving you. It is with great pleasure I get to share with you this interview with Petra Kolber. I took a few minutes to ask her some questions about marketing and social media. 

Before we begin… know that Petra has rebranded herself in her career more than once. And she’s doing it again now… closer to 60 than 50. So if you wonder how to stand out, don’t think because she – or I – have more than 30 years of experience each that we haven’t had to start from scratch more than once. 

What if all you needed to know is you're enough? 

My Guest:

Petra is an Author, Speaker, DJ, Performance Coach, Podcast Host, and more recently a Digital Nomad. 

In August 2019, Petra released her first book, The Perfection Detox which was recently translated into French and Spanish, and Arabic. She has over thirty years of experience in the fitness industry, with bestselling workout videos, a television show, and has been honored to receive some of the most prestigious accolades in that arena, 

Petra is a two-time cancer survivor and is passionate about waking people up to the precious gift of time. Her current work is helping women in transition look at their future through the lens of possibility, so they create the life of their dreams versus leaving their life with regret. 

She will be traveling for the next two years as she writes her second book and thinks that maybe in her sixties she will settle down and become a grown-up. 

Questions we answer in this episode:

  • What social media advice would you give fitness & health coaches starting out? 
  • How do you feel about the social media messages from the fitness industry(collectively)?
  • Where do you feel there is the opportunity for new fitness & health coaches?
  • What need isn’t being met? 
  • How can fitness pros stand out? 

There you have it, social media advice that is as basic and simple as it could be. Follow… your customers. Listen… to your customers. And copy… no one. 

Connect and Follow:

Website
Instagram
Facebook 
Podcast
YouTube: Launching February 2022 https:/petrakolber.com/watch 

 

Additional Marketing Resources:

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course

 

To hear more from Petra, listen to the Flipping50 podcast featuring her when it’s released in March 2022 at flippingfifty.com/perfection-detox




Direct download: Fitness_Marketing_Mastery_-_Petra_Kolber_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

What is personal branding and how do you build your personal brand? It’s connecting to your customer with a personal story. 

You can talk about a mix of personal and professional 

  • Hormones
  • Fasting
  • Kettlebells 

 Building relationships in your own environment, showing your personality 

  • Your home
  • Your family
  • Your favorite pastime (not working) 

 You share in-the-moment, in-real-life, behind-the-scenes of you that lets people know you and love you in a way they want to do business… with YOU. Instead of Peloton or Planet Fitness. 

Some ideas to help you build your personal brand: 

Share behind the scenes with you on the weekend

If your family is open to it, share pictures or videos of them. If not, try a from the back photo, in silhouette. 

Try a day in the life hour by hour on your stories. 

Give someone a tour of your home, home office, home gym or kitchen. 

 Keep the personal touches in. 

Don’t let perfection trickle into everything unless that’s you sun-up to sun-down always behind make-up and home perfect. 

 Why People Buy From One Brand vs Another

The real reason to build your personal brand and not just a work brand is this: 

People buy from people. They have a clerk they look for at the grocery store. They return to the small hardware store for that personal touch even when there’s a huge store where they might get it for less. Likewise with any product. Yes, they’ve got access to the world, but if you’re local, they’ll like that fact and connect with you because of it. 

The real reason not to have you and your brand be the same is so that you can hire, and sell it someday easier than if it’s you and your name always and only in images. 

Thoughts on this one? Are you already building your personal brand? Do you have a separate business and personal brand? 

 Tell me below the show notes at fitnessmarketingmastery/build your personal brand

Resources for Health & Fitness Coaches: 

How to Build a Better Freebie (freebie, how meta is that!?)

 

Marketing to Women Copywriting course  

 

 

Other episodes you may like:

Pandemic Fitness Business Success Story: Family Busines

18 Revenue Generating Strategies | Health & Fitness Professionals

 

Direct download: FMM_Podcast_Personal_Brand-Feb_2_live_-_Edited_-_1.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

Every one of women’s hormone phases of a woman’s life provides a unique demand for exercise protocols that are most beneficial. Then you layer in the nuances true of her right now. If you find you’ve gained weight due to the pandemic or it came on during menopause and you haven’t learned that it’s just a sign what you’re doing now doesn’t work, that’s a nuance for you. If you’ve just learned you have osteoporosis and you don’t know what to do with that information, you could easily fall prey to programs that can all say they improve bone density but that may help only to a small extent.

If clients need better pelvic floor strength, they might be told Kegels or Pilates are the best way. They’re not for all. And that’s where the need-to-know exercise for women’s hormone phase of life comes in. You do need to know. 

You need to know your client’s personal priorities: 

Weight loss

Bone density

Muscle strength

Energy

Sleep support

Libido boost

Mood & Cognitive support

And from the answer to all of these 3 questions:

What stage she’s in

What conditions, injuries, or limitations she has

What priorities she has

…You choose exercise based on the best protocol for the combined collection of each of those. Let me walk you through why this is so important and clients can get derailed so very easily. Clients start doing something like this: that one woman described as “She’s a hormone specialist just like you” and realize anyone can talk about hormones. It’s always been part of exercise science, but until the last 10-15 years we didn’t understand how much every hormone phase of a woman’s life is unique. A trainer or program targeting everyone is designed for no one. 

Let’s Talk Fitness (& Health) Coaching Marketing

"A fitness or diet program that says “for women in menopause” with no science featuring women in menopause, is just good marketing."

There are fitness and health celebrities I just love. There are behaviors of the same celebrities I just hate. And this is one of those behaviors. 

Targeting midlife women with a weight loss program that was not specifically designed based on their hormone health, gut status, and signs & symptoms are just irresponsible use of celebrity. 

"It’s like the professional athletes our kids cherished using steroids or taking money to manipulate the game. At a time when women are vulnerable to feelings of low body confidence, exhaustion from insomnia, and betrayed by a body they can’t figure out any more any message that resonates with them and hits you at a time they feel all the frustration, is enough to make them take a risk. "

A big fitness icon who's sold millions in fitness programs is doing just that. 

Several fitness pros just entered midlife themselves. So, I get it. She’s experiencing menopause, she’s talking about it. That is a good thing. But slapping a marketing campaign on another diet program just to take advantage of midlife women is a crime. Her programs have always targeted women… of all ages. But as I checked out this new program she was offering, the only thing that had changed from 10 years ago was the marketing on the front side. 

So, let’s be realistic. If you’re paying attention and have been here, at Fitness Marketing Mastery or following Flipping 50 for a minute, you know that what works for mice, and men and young women will not work for women in midlife. So, programs targeted for 20 and 30 and 50 and 60 something women, were built with no one of them in mind. 

Every Women’s Hormone Phase is Different … but pros aren’t addressing it that way

Even two women in menopause differ. One may be a small-framed who wants to add muscle and bone density, even gain weight while another needs to focus on gaining muscle in order to lose weight, and still, another could be either one of these women with prior injuries. One has adrenal fatigue and one is fine but just new to exercise. A program and a trainer or health coach needs to be able to see the top priorities for a women’s hormone phase choose the most important variable and start there. 

Yes, it’s true, they have the same body parts. But every decade of life – simply as a good way of arranging it – needs to change slightly. Better than each decade, in every phase of hormone change exercise needs change. 

In pre-puberty:

Building bone density 

Building a lifetime of love for activity

Experiencing a variety of movement 

In puberty and young adulthood: 

Continued building of bone density

Optimizing peak muscle mass

Building body confidence 

Establish strength training habits & sound technique

Learning proper technique & injury prevention

Pre-natal:

Maintaining (even gaining) fitness for optimal fetal and maternal health

Avoiding too much heat early in pregnancy

Avoiding too much joint stress late pregnancy 

Offset changes in the center of gravity, upper and lower back stress

Pelvic floor integrity

Post-natal: 

Ensure gradual recovery from pregnancy for long term joint/ligament health

Optimize wellness in new mother

Continued support for back in recovery from birth with newborn

Begin the transition to strength and cardio activity post-partum

Peri-menopause:

  • Identify lifestyle habits associated with the prevalence of menopause symptoms
  • Bone density building strength training 
  • Muscle mass maintenance and increase 
  • Rest & recovery increase 

Menopause (late peri/early post):

  • Muscle mass loss prevention
  • Bone density loss prevention 
  • Menopause symptoms reduction  
  • Brain-boosting exercise connections

Post menopause:

  • Weight and body composition optimization
  • Gain or maintenance of strength
  • Gain or maintenance of bone mineral density
  • Mobility emphasis 
  • Continued enjoyment of the activity
  • Pelvic Floor Integrity 

Marketing without Science in Programming Seduces Them

It’s beyond time to stop false marketing --- but it’s not going to happen. You can help promote YOU, but not if you’re only saying the same thing as other trainers and coaches. Be different. Say the truth. Be willing to take on those who oppose what you say. 

Clients who should be working with qualified trainers and coaches like you: 

Fall for programs promoted by midlife women who look good but don’t use those same principles 

Fall for programs based on the celebrity’s creativity instead of evidence-based science used to build them

Find a one-size-fits-all approach – even for programs designed based on hormone balance – without flexibility for unique joints and energy needs 

Why Not YOU? Coaching a Women’s Hormone Phase

Are you taking a stand? Are you willing to say the unpopular thing? Are you willing to share the facts? Take the heat if you go against the dogma? That’s what it takes to stand out against a crowd. Once you have the knowledge then you have the confidence to apply it and to have a stronger voice. 

I’d love to hear from you. Leave a comment below the show notes at Fitnessmarketingmastery-dot-com/ women’s hormone phase

Resources Mentioned in the show: 

Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist

And something you may also want if you are qualified but they just aren’t coming…. 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course 



Direct download: FMM_Podcast_Training_Womens_Hormone_-_Edited.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

If you want to attract more fitness clients you’ve got to get their attention. Talking about more sleep, drinking more water, and walking are probably not enough. Not unless you do something silly and out of the ordinary. If you’re a little shy or more reserved, then here’s a smaller step for you to take. 

Surprise or shock by agreeing with on something they would have sworn you’d never say.

Tell them Quick Fixes Do Work

            A good night’s sleep leads to better concentration and better cognitive health. Cortisol improves and cravings decrease. So, something as simple as going to bed an hour earlier can change things dramatically. 

            According to webmd.com dehydration leads to higher heart rate and low blood pressure and drinking water can even things out in 15-20 minutes

            Petting a dog reduces cortisol levels. (They never met my dog). According to hopkinsmedicine.org it does so my increasing the feel-good hormone oxytocin. Oxytocin and cortisol can’t both be elevated. Other things that kick up oxytocin are hugging, cuddling, and you guessed it, going all the way. 

      According to uchealth.org, breathing in and out deeply slows the heartrate, decreases or stabilizes blood pressure, and reduces cortisol. That’s a great opportunity to tell someone about why they may not have lost weight the last time they tried. If cortisol is high, it’s like a road block. Even if you’ve got a Ferarri under there it’s not getting through a roadblock. That’s an opening for an opportunity about your yoga session, your meditation, or before following the meal plan you made them… or just being reminded of breathing in and out during a training session… with you.

One more way to attract more fitness clients this year….

Prove Diets Do Work

            You can find someone within arm’s length who has lost weight from a diet. You can also find statistics online to prove the diet industry is worth $71 billion dollars (cnbc.com). The weight loss works. The problem is… the weight or regain works better. 

And that’s how you get their attention… and then go on for the teachable moment. You get into the science and share information, with a little humor, and a little science. Just bit by bit creating these openings where new people may be attracted because you share things in a new way. 

It’s great to have a voice, and it’s great to break from it sometimes too. 

If you want to learn more about hormones and exercise, weight control, and midlife women, check out the Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist. Take your business from doing fine to finally providing you freedom and lifestyle you love. 

There you have it.... easy ways to attract more fitness clients this year.

 Want to Be the Women’s Hormone Balancing Expert? 

Get details for the Flipping 50 Menopause Fitness Specialist

Including: 

  • 2.5 ACE CEU credits 1.8 NASM credits (and more) 
  • 8 of my Signature Course Modules
  • 8 Exclusive Coaching modules & transcript
  • 20+ Client-ready customizable worksheets (advanced) 
  • Additional Bone health, Adrenal Fatigue, and Hormones & Exercise for Trainers sessions
  • Plus Exclusive Expert Interviews & Fasting in Midlife (advanced) 

Details here:



Direct download: more_clients_this_year.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

How would you like to give a great interview? Or first, get more media opportunities? Book more podcasts? In order to stand out and get your message out to more people you want to make the most of every conversation.

When you land a minute on the news or the paper calls to interview you for an article, you want to make the most of it.

Here are 11 Steps to a Great Interview

1. Start with an introduction that intrigues

2. Share 3 takeaways

            Make sure you are not there to talk about your book or program but to give tips and actionable items

3. Talk in sound-bytes (and pause)

            Remember it’s a conversation not a monologue

4. Answer thoroughly

            No “yes” or “no” answers, say a bit more to explain

5. Tell stories or use analogies

            Your story, a client story, like withdrawing money from the bank …

6. Practice tonality (up not down)

            Be better than boring

7. Put authority in your voice

            If you’re too soft or too slow no one believes you know what you’re talking about

8. Be clear: If you confuse you lose

            A short easy answer – you can always elaborate if asked

9. Make it easy for the interviewer

10. Provide the talking points or the questions as aske

            Ask questions, do research in advance

            Who is the audience? What is their problem?

11. Make it news

(your book or program is not news)

Don’t Wait to Be Asked

You can create your own opportunities to give a great interview. You don’t need to wait around for it to happen. Call the local radio and tv stations and let them know you’ve got tips on how to use exercise for boosting immunity. Suggest 5 moves someone can do at home. For core, hips, lower back, stretches… the content you come up with is endless.

The key is, make it news, and make it entertaining. If any other fitness pro (who could overcome stage fright) could do it, it’s not got a good enough angle.

Content that Makes a Great Interview

Use brand new released studies, or seasonal and timely information. Think ahead. Sure, it may be January, but what is going to be news next month? Heart health? Or if you’re hearing this in October, it’s time to talk about holiday weight gain and tips to make those traditional meals healthier or avoid holiday weight gain. News stations already have today and tomorrow filled.

They’re looking for content for 3-4 weeks from now, that’s unique they can begin teasing and adding to other content now.

Another episode you may like:

How to write a Bio

Direct download: fit_pro_free_press.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 3:00am MDT

This episode is a countdown of the Top Fitness Marketing Podcasts of 2021 (and All Time). I couldn’t resist throwing in some that are huge standouts from prior years (this show is in its 9th season)!

You can find the episodes at fitnessmarketingmastery.com, Apple podcasts, iTunes, iHeartRadio and anywhere you listen to podcasts.

In true David Letterman style, which is what any self-respecting Iowa girl would do, here we go!

The Top Fitness Marketing Podcasts of 2021 (and all time)

#10 Why You Don’t Want Your Social Media to Go Viral #272  

Shocker right? Why don’t you want your social media to go viral? I lay it all out here. It may be an eye opener about a number of other goals you thought you had that aren’t serving you.

#9 Fitness Marketing in Less Time: How to Get It All Done 

The most precious thing you have is time. If you’re doing busy work constantly, chances are you’re not getting it all done and you’re not doing it well.

#8 How to Get Results on Instagram Without Wasting Time 

If you’re using Instagram, you want more than to see your own brilliant pictures or REELs. You want engagement, and to grow your email list.

#7 Is Passive Revenue Too Good to Be True? 

If you are new to or a stranger to affiliate marketing, this is your introduction. Revenue in your jammies is not an impossible wish. Just what and how do you do this though?

#6 Do You Pay Yourself First? 

It’s a big question and it’s often not the first thing considered by a health coach or personal trainer. The dollar per session may sound good, but when you factor in travel, time, writing programs, doing all the things…. If you haven’t learned to automate… then this. Take your business further faster with less time in 2022.

Continuing with the Top 5 Fitness Marketing Podcasts of 2021

[Seeing this on another platform? Link to the show notes for the links to all podcasts from the countdown: fitnessmarketingmastery.com/top-podcasts

#5 2020 My Systematic New Fitness Client Process

This is by far one of the most popular episodes. It’s clear you want help structuring a system to work with clients and deliver excellence as you set up your business. Here’s how to set up yours.

#4 Start and Grow Your Menopause Coaching Services 

If you run menopause fitness coaching services or want to, this is for you. Do you know the difference between training a woman 50 and one 70? Between a woman in perimenopause and post? Do you know what triggers belly fat and hot flashes and how to adapt an exercise prescription that improves her flashes?

Here's an inside look at how to be the go-to-authority.

#3 Taking Care of You, Personal Trainer & Coach Business Plan 

This episode content came from my observations and conversations with female health coaches and fitness trainers and business owners who are intelligent women doing things they’d never be able to – or allow – their employees to do. If you’re overworking, underpaying yourself, operating with a schedule that doesn’t mimic what you tell clients to do… this is for you.

#2 4 Steps to Create Fitness Marketing Videos 

Video is still and is always going to be king and queen. So, this episode coming in at #2 is no surprise. You know you should. You are. You want more success doing it. Help is here!

#1 Are the Words You Use Costing You Customers? 

If you’re not in your customer’s head, heart and thinking and feeling like them, it’s going to be very difficult to support a “yes” decision when it comes to getting started with you. Chances are if you haven’t created your programs with that same unique slant you’re going to struggle to make programs they love and experience wins doing.

Did you know there are 5 unique buying personas of female buyers? So even if you’re trying to reach women in their 40’s they aren’t all going to respond to the same words (or images). This episode will help.

Resources Mentioned:

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course

Flipping50 Menopause Fitness Specialist

Direct download: FMM_top_.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 5:08am MDT

Love or hate small talk, you can make small talk matter big! Here’s how to take the most benign questions and turn them into an opportunity to showcase your work in a way someone becomes intrigued by you and wants to hang with you longer.

If you’re an introvert, I’ll bet you can relate to this. You end up at a party or mixer, not knowing anyone very well, and wishing you didn’t have to show up but knowing it’s supposed to be good for you. You dread that small talk and the feeling that your responses to questions are lame. 

Not anymore, my friend.

First of all, I want to address the fact that if you are indeed an introvert, you’re not alone. Did you know? More of us in fitness and health are than aren’t. Many professional speakers and actors are introverts. Still, it’s like required reading. You’ve got to do it. 

Where to Make Small Talk Matter Big

  • Sports events for your kids meeting other parents
  • Holiday parties for your business or your partner’s, with neighbors or friends
  • The shoe salesman at the mall
  • The passenger beside you on a plane
  • The chamber of commerce meeting
  • Talking when your mouth isn’t preoccupied at your dental hygiene appointment

And so many more!

  • What do you do?
  • Where do you work?

They’re questions that are likely to come up during holiday parties, in Zoom breakouts, and at fitness conferences.

The way you answer could be the difference between, “oh, cool,” and the start of a relationship with a new client or a collaboration with a new company or partner.

Here’s what you’re not:

  • A personal trainer
  • A health coach
  • A medical exercise specialist
  • An exercise kinesiologist

Why? Because it either means nothing to the listener or it means what they think it means. 

Why? Because whoever you’re talking to knows at least one person if they aren’t that person who needs and wants your services. Are you going to let that get away? 

Have you imagined what it would be like if the owner of a company said, I’d like to do this for all of my employees, could we work together on something that makes sense for both of us?

Or you connected with a grocery store owner who said they’d like to start monthly fitness & health tips and want you to head that up?

You just don’t know. Opportunities come, as long as you swim out to the boat. When you’re in front of people, make your words count.

So let’s say this not that.

Not, personal trainer.

Say this:

  • Who you serve?
  • What they are struggling with?
  • What they want?

For instance,
I serve busy professional women in midlife, struggling with time and fatigue to fit in exercise that want stress release and energy.

Your response will be a question. That’s important.

You know busy professional women in midlife who struggle with time and fatigue who want exercise for stress relief and more energy?
I help them get what they want easily without huge time commitment.

Why a question?

A question leaves an open loop. It compels the listener’s brain to answer. They usually will.

  • That’s me to a t.
  • That sounds like my wife.
  • I wish my sister knew you.

And with that, you’ve opened up a conversation. With a simple answer like “personal trainer,” you’ve closed it. In fact, if you’re uber qualified? 

So tell them, specifically what it is you do or want to. Dig into your niche with your answer. You’ll extend your reach far faster. Make small talk matter big.

Cheers fitness & health pro! Whether it’s a holiday party, a New Year’s health panel, or something else. Small is big.

Other Episodes You May Like:

Say This Not That, series

6 More Ways to Increase Your Fitness Sales this Season

Direct download: Small_talk_fit_pros.m4a
Category:marketing -- posted at: 6:26am MDT

In this series of weekly marketing posts, I’ll help you craft your content so that you can resonate with your ideal customers. I’ll choose an example of some fitness posts that are a good concept but miss the mark.

Say This, Not That Fitness & Health Pros

Now, there’s a whole lot more involved in a good post that gets engagement, a quality call-to-action, use of the right hashtag strategy, engaging with your audience after the post, priming your timeline before the post, and congruent consistency of content… but without this first very foundational piece, your post won’t be seen, discovered, or engaged with.

So, let’s get started.

Here’s where you could easily go wrong when you start your post intending to give help and support. How can that go wrong? Here’s how.

When your topic or message isn’t targeting a problem that someone wants a solution for and isn’t stated in the way your customer talks about it, it isn’t going to get a big engagement. 

Don’t assume too much.

Instead of this:

“Tired of sit ups and crunches?” make it clear why NOT sit ups and crunches.

That question assumes your ideal customer is indeed tired of sit ups and crunches.

Ask, is my ideal client asking Dr. Google, What can I do if I’m tired of sit ups and crunches?

If the answer is no, then you’re going to miss the engagement you want from a post and the time you’ve spent creating, editing the post, and the real estate you could have used better, is gone.

Get to the root of the problem in the customer’s eyes and language.

If someone isn’t tired of crunches and sit ups, then they skip this because it does not resonate with them.

Work with women in menopause or want to? 

What Are They Aware Of? 

If someone is under the impression that sit-ups and crunches work, they aren’t looking for help with alternative exercises. (They may not be getting results, but also not be attributing that to the exercises they are doing).

No one wants what they NEED, we want to buy/watch/learn about what we want.

Say This Instead:
Why sit ups and crunches are failing your quest for a flat belly (and what to do..)

Why sit ups and crunches will never help you shrink your waist (and what to do..)

Biggest core exercise mistakes and fastest way to a stronger core/smaller waist (and what to do…)

Why This Not That Message:

Now, you’ve stirred curiosity. You’ve taken someone from thinking they were doing the right thing, to questioning it. You’ve got their attention. First, because you’re talking about the thing that is most important to them. And because the thing they really want (flat belly, strong core, smaller waist, less belly fat) isn’t achievable doing what they’re doing. Now they are going to pay attention.

Resources: 

Marketing to Women Copywriting Course

 


Rest assured; I’m going to give you 6 more ways to increase your sales this season. But I’m going to do it a little backhandedly. That is, I’m going to share why your marketing ISN’T bringing you more sales.

These are six reasons why too many fitness pros are striking out when it comes to social media, or any marketing for that reason, and what to do about it.

  1. Fail to serve your customers

Posting generic information that another fitness professional can post, you need to ask why. There are currently about 375,000 trainers in the US alone. Yet, keep in mind no one is restricted to training with a trainer “locally” anymore. I’ve worked with clients in Italy, Trinidad, UK, Australia as well as all over the US recently.

Personal training is expected to grow by 39%. That is, the number of trainers, not necessarily the number of clients. Now, what’s happened during the pandemic? Big chains, medium and small ones are losing 2 to 5 trainers at a time right now because there are not enough clients to go around. There aren’t enough members coming back in. That doesn’t mean they’ll all be successful with online businesses.

Either way, be the unique one serving the niche you serve better than anyone. Get press, get partners, get wise on social media strategies and then use them, every time.

  1. Fail to identify how prospects are thinking or feeling before you create content

Posts about random health habits for the holidays are generic commodities. What deeper layer can you provide that shows understanding of exactly what emotions your customer has during the holidays?

Are the emotions excitement and desire to toss abandon to usual health habits to have pleasure? Is it fear of gaining weight and losing control? Is it a depressing time due to emotions of holidays past or losses? You can’t know how to help them if you don’t focus on what they feel and think at this moment. You also can’t do a post so inclusive that you target someone who is depressed and someone who loves the holidays in the same piece of content. You’re doing it again – trying to serve everyone all the time. That level of marketing forgets what really works, targeting one individual.

  1. Not tracking results

You have to know what works and toss the rest. What are the results of your digital ads? How many visits to a landing page and from unique visitors, how many sales? You have to track your conversion rates. On social, how many website clicks result from your posts? How much engagement matters too, but if you’re not moving them off social to your email list, what’s the point? Email is where you nurture and sell. Those are the people interested in real help and support.

  1. Not making it a part of a whole relationship with you (bring them back for next week’s episode/blog/live or send them to the episode prior.
  2. Too long on your introduction & explanation

Get to the answer within seconds. Whatever your title or image promises to deliver. Do it. No long bumper or talk about the show or anything but the thing you promised in the title that was so juicy it got them there. If you’re on a live and you wait “until a few more join”? and I got there on time? You’re wasting my time. So, start when you said you’d start.

YOU should join early if you want to wait a few minutes to dive into material, but it is maddening for busy people or just prompt people when you ignore them in favor of the latecomers, or when you don’t just give me the info you promised before some long prelude.

  1. Thinking they need to know who you are or how you’re qualified first

It’s easy to think they need to know who you are and launch into years of experience or degrees. They don’t. And for that reason, they’ll choose a stranger who has simply been a fitness enthusiast for years, happens to have had good luck and next to no training if they get a quicker answer than listening to a dissertation about your background.

There’s a place for it but don’t lead with it.

There they are - a backhanded way of finding 6 ways to increase your fitness sales this season. I’ll link to previous episodes where I’ve shared others.

Do you make any of these mistakes? Choose just one and change it first before you try the overwhelming task of changing them all. If you’ve felt like you just can’t understand why what you’re doing doesn’t work, these may give you the ability to see it.

Other Episodes You May Like:

What to Say to Close the Fitness Sale

10 Social Media Tips that Work for Fitness & Health Professionals

Direct download: Fit_Pros_6_MORE_WAYS_TO_MAKE_...._-_Edited_-_2.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 8:08pm MDT

To fill your health & fitness coaching business, you have to know what to say to close the fitness sale. Or, rather how to open a conversation. 

And it's not what will come out of your mouth first... unless you've rehearsed it after thinking about it.

When you’re:

  • On a phone call
  • In a consultation
  • Doing a presentation (webinar, live talk)

What should your flow be? (on the webinar?  in the consultation call?)

  • How long should you allow your calls to be?
  • How much time do you spend on each part of your call?
  • How do you start?
  • How to set your prospect at ease?
  • How to take control?
  • How do you help someone make a decision?

So that you can:

overcome objections before they come up

and then if they do…

Know what to say when they say:

  • I have to think about it
  • I have to ask
  • I don’t have time
  • I don’t know if this will work/for me

So, It’s Your Turn:

What do you say when someone asks, “What do you do?”

So that you are not just a commodity:

  • Personal trainer
  • Health coach
  • Midlife health coach

You don’t improve by telling someone you’re an online personal trainer, or a midlife weight loss coach.

You haven’t mastered this art of engaging prospects if you say you’re just adding adjectives like a midlife or menopause health coach. Even for my Flipping50 Fitness Specialists, I would never want them to answer, I’m a Flipping50 menopause fitness specialist. Not until far into a conversation.

Know why?

Because last year, there were no #midlifehealthcoach uses to speak of, this year there are hundreds calling themselves that. (some of them who go so far to steal client testimonial content and call it their own!)

So what? Did it make someone better, knowledgeable, relatable so they can get the sale because they’ve called themselves that? Or stole a testimonial?

No.

The ability to transform your answers into something powerful that makes a listener say, oh, that’s me! Or oh, that sounds just like my wife!

Or, that sounds just like so many of my clients! (Says my hairstylists/my dermatologist/my dentist)

That is what gets you the next step. The curious other person who isn’t just waiting for the polite conversation to be over.

Where it goes wrong

In too many cases, when you say… oh I’m a personal trainer or a health coach, they just assume that they know you by their own personal experience with a trainer or health coach. There’s no need for more conversation. If you say Medical Exercise Specialist, Pilates instructor, Yoga Teacher, it’s the same. Nothing – not even an identifier of “midlife women” or “menopause” helps you there.

You friend, are burying your opportunity not to tell people you’re award-winning fitness instructor, or international presenter, or certified or master degree holding..  which are all commodities and labels that mean nothing about your ability to relate to your next prospect.

It’s not about you. It’s about them.

You can build credibility without listing your degrees, certifications, and it definitely can’t be done by giving yourself a label.

Resonate with You?

If you want more, meet me for a special masterclass. I’m sharing 3 of the marketing mistakes I see trainers and health coaches unintentionally do every day.

If you work with midlife women – and who doesn’t or won’t – they make up 80% of personal training clients, I’ll also be sharing 3 of the most common mistakes trainers – even experienced ones are making with their clients. (or themselves) ATTEND FOR FREE

What I say. (in episode!)

Can you describe yourself this way? In a way that makes someone say, oh that’s me? Not with a cold blank label that is generic?

You're Invited:

Direct download: Do_you_know_what_to_say.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 6:14am MDT

Who doesn’t need and want more revenue generating actions?

Note I said actions and not ideas. My goal is not to give you a list of very good ideas. What I want you to do is treat this like a check list. It may be a reminder for things you have done and have worked but you just stopped doing. The first step is to not assume everyone already knows about you and they’ll come find you when they’re ready. 

Free masterclass with 3 biggest marketing mistakes and 3 training mistakes that miss with midlife women.

  1. Host a Free Challenge

            These are hot for good reason. Make it targeted enough it attracts and serves your exact demographic (That isn’t every possible customer in your geographical area. It’s the specific 66-year-old woman concerned about osteoporosis, getting weaker, gaining weight, and not wanting to be frail like her mother). The value is your follow up offer. Make it congruent with the challenge. It’s not just generic “personal training.” A package that feels complete and solves the buyer’s problems is what sells someone.

  1. Create a Paid Challenge

            This is my preference. I like someone to be invested. It's already revenue generating from the beginning. The saying goes, when you pay you pay attention. It’s so true. Otherwise, it’s nothing but another email reminder or thing to have to do but nothing at stake so why bother? Someone misses a day and they’re likely to skip out altogether if they didn’t pay. Challenges don’t need to be a big investment though. Host it for $19 or $27 or $49 at most depending on the length of the challenge.

Some challenge hosts will do a free challenge but also include an upsell to a better VIP experience, including maybe hot seats, or handouts, or additional materials or access to live presentations inside a group.

  1. Host A Live Event

Make it a presentation that is news and noteworthy.  Holiday weight gain realities vs myths. Where it usually comes from. How to eat more and not gain weight.

  1. Host an Online Event

Yourself, invite a panel, invite a guest. But make sure you’re solving a problem. You’re giving a unique and tangible offer. Meaning 3 healthy family-proof recipes they’ll all love, 5 short workouts for holiday health (and sanity).

  1. Host a Virtual “Open House”

Just your house! Let them see behind the scenes! Your fans love to know what you do, and what works for you. 

  1. Host an “Open House”

            By appointment this year rather than a large social gather. Yes, it's like a sales appointment, but it feels different with this frame. And treat them differently. Give them favors, refreshments, treats that are unique. 

  1. Get Booked on a Podcast (or 5)

            Target podcasts that serve your same audience. Someone who does something complimentary, not exactly what you do. Reach out, introduce yourself, make it clear you’ve listened to previous episodes and understand what they want. Provide the 3-5 take-aways for listeners. Let the host know how you add value to listeners, and mention your own email list and social media following. It matters.

            The value of a guest is ...

  1. Social Media tour live at two busiest times of the week

            If you own a brick-and-mortar business, I know it’s been tough. Don’t forget ways to help those who’ve fallen off the bandwagon to come back in. Think about their biggest objections. No ignoring that it may be safety, and the mask and vaccine situation. There may not be a lot you can do about that except nurture them. Stay connected. Be a source of healthy immune boosting habits that people can do at home if they’re not back yet.

            But what if it’s something else? What if ...

  1. Post a recipe a day during a specific time period
  •             December
  •             12 Days of Christmas
  •             September Tailgating

            That’s not all though. Make an offer each time you post...

  1. Create a membership

            ...There are so many ways to use a membership. Maybe it’s a way to add value to current training clients with extras like recipes, meal plans, workouts when they’re not with you, traveling plans that include tubing/bands/body weight only. Maybe there are extra perks inside your membership that feature discounts or a special relationship with select vendors (you have rounded up). It could also be a second or third step after a course or training so that someone who feels they’ve got this, can just stay consistent with support.

  1. Create an online course

            You know those questions you’re asked all the time? That’s a course. Are there people who want to go deeper on a topic but you just don’t have the time to do it one-on-one and can’t get a big enough group to participate at the same time? That’s a course. If it solves a problem, answers a question, it’s a course. 

  1. Get booked on local Media

            If you’re hosting events, whether presentations and panels or races, or open houses, it could be news. If it has a who, what, when and it’s relevant to the community, it’s news. Here's how...

  1. Get affiliate partners

            When it’s time to grow, really scale, you’ll no longer be exchanging time for money. You’ll have programs you’ve proven to achieve good transformations for clients. You’ll know what words you used, the exact emails, and the social media copy that helped bring people to a yes. That’s when it’s time to start recruiting affiliates. Partner with people who need a program like you offer. The ideal candidate is someone who doesn’t do what you do but works with the same audience you do. What you offer has to be in their customers or patients’ best interest.

Does your copy suck?Copywriting course so that you can write copy that works and speaks to your female buyers better. 

  1. Use Affiliate partners of your own

            You use products and tools or wear workout gear you love that you know would help your clients be more successful too. Why not set up affiliate relationships so you can earn money promoting them? 

  1. I also affiliate for my colleagues

            Much of the time these are people who just as before, serve the same audience that I do. But I also share my list with a friend I trust who does something similar to me, with a unique process different than mine...

  1. Host a paid retreat/workshop

            Now is a good time to offer one no matter where you live. Indoors or out. How could you create a fitness “camp” for adults and allow them to flow from yoga to spinning, then weight training to foam rolling. Maybe there’s a place to serve them lunch catered in from a restaurant or food truck. This can be a great revenue generating strategy in itself. But at the event you can also upsell to training or coaching packages. 

  1. Offer to do paid workshops/retreats for other businesses

            Who needs you? The answer is more people that you realize. What business needs a moral boost for employees right now? What business would welcome a stress reduction yoga session or joy-enhancing practice of meditation for its employees? Whether it’s during the stressful holiday season or any other time of year. What businesses did well during the pandemic? Incredibly well or were extraordinarily busy? 

  1. Send Another Email (or 4)

            If you nurture your email list and you have a good offer, an email (or series of emails) should always produce sales for you. Be cautious about burning your list out by not only sending sales and promotional emails. Continue to regularly share valuable content (to them) in the same vein they subscribed to your email list in the first place. Then when you do make an offer, some of them will be thinking that this was perfect timing and will be glad to purchase it.

This episode is filled with gold for marketing all year. Treat it as a checklist! Keep it close.

Answer these questions for yourself:

Which of these are most urgent for fast growth? 

Which of these do you want to implement in 2022 but need more thought to do well? 

I know what I'd tell you! (what I'd tell our mastermind members).

Direct download: revenue__generating.mp3
Category:marketing -- posted at: 7:12am MDT